summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/src/fe_utils
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-05-04 12:17:33 +0000
committerDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-05-04 12:17:33 +0000
commit5e45211a64149b3c659b90ff2de6fa982a5a93ed (patch)
tree739caf8c461053357daa9f162bef34516c7bf452 /src/fe_utils
parentInitial commit. (diff)
downloadpostgresql-15-5e45211a64149b3c659b90ff2de6fa982a5a93ed.tar.xz
postgresql-15-5e45211a64149b3c659b90ff2de6fa982a5a93ed.zip
Adding upstream version 15.5.upstream/15.5
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'src/fe_utils')
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/.gitignore1
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/Makefile65
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/archive.c109
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/cancel.c246
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/conditional.c189
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/connect_utils.c177
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/mbprint.c405
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/option_utils.c84
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/parallel_slot.c563
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/print.c3717
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/psqlscan.c5106
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/psqlscan.l1543
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/query_utils.c92
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/recovery_gen.c151
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/simple_list.c175
-rw-r--r--src/fe_utils/string_utils.c1233
16 files changed, 13856 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/.gitignore b/src/fe_utils/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37f5f75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/psqlscan.c
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/Makefile b/src/fe_utils/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44bc7a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile for src/fe_utils
+#
+# This makefile generates a static library, libpgfeutils.a,
+# for use by client applications
+#
+# Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+# Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+# src/fe_utils/Makefile
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+subdir = src/fe_utils
+top_builddir = ../..
+include $(top_builddir)/src/Makefile.global
+
+override CPPFLAGS := -DFRONTEND -I$(libpq_srcdir) $(CPPFLAGS)
+
+OBJS = \
+ archive.o \
+ cancel.o \
+ conditional.o \
+ connect_utils.o \
+ mbprint.o \
+ option_utils.o \
+ parallel_slot.o \
+ print.o \
+ psqlscan.o \
+ query_utils.o \
+ recovery_gen.o \
+ simple_list.o \
+ string_utils.o
+
+all: libpgfeutils.a
+
+libpgfeutils.a: $(OBJS)
+ rm -f $@
+ $(AR) $(AROPT) $@ $^
+
+psqlscan.c: FLEXFLAGS = -Cfe -p -p
+psqlscan.c: FLEX_NO_BACKUP=yes
+psqlscan.c: FLEX_FIX_WARNING=yes
+
+distprep: psqlscan.c
+
+# libpgfeutils could be useful to contrib, so install it
+install: all installdirs
+ $(INSTALL_STLIB) libpgfeutils.a '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libpgfeutils.a'
+
+installdirs:
+ $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)'
+
+uninstall:
+ rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libpgfeutils.a'
+
+clean distclean:
+ rm -f libpgfeutils.a $(OBJS) lex.backup
+
+# psqlscan.c is supposed to be in the distribution tarball,
+# so do not clean it in the clean/distclean rules
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+ rm -f psqlscan.c
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/archive.c b/src/fe_utils/archive.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d42c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/archive.c
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * archive.c
+ * Routines to access WAL archives from frontend
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * src/fe_utils/archive.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include "access/xlog_internal.h"
+#include "common/archive.h"
+#include "common/logging.h"
+#include "fe_utils/archive.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * RestoreArchivedFile
+ *
+ * Attempt to retrieve the specified file from off-line archival storage.
+ * If successful, return a file descriptor of the restored file, else
+ * return -1.
+ *
+ * For fixed-size files, the caller may pass the expected size as an
+ * additional crosscheck on successful recovery. If the file size is not
+ * known, set expectedSize = 0.
+ */
+int
+RestoreArchivedFile(const char *path, const char *xlogfname,
+ off_t expectedSize, const char *restoreCommand)
+{
+ char xlogpath[MAXPGPATH];
+ char *xlogRestoreCmd;
+ int rc;
+ struct stat stat_buf;
+
+ snprintf(xlogpath, MAXPGPATH, "%s/" XLOGDIR "/%s", path, xlogfname);
+
+ xlogRestoreCmd = BuildRestoreCommand(restoreCommand, xlogpath,
+ xlogfname, NULL);
+ if (xlogRestoreCmd == NULL)
+ pg_fatal("cannot use restore_command with %%r placeholder");
+
+ /*
+ * Execute restore_command, which should copy the missing file from
+ * archival storage.
+ */
+ rc = system(xlogRestoreCmd);
+ pfree(xlogRestoreCmd);
+
+ if (rc == 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Command apparently succeeded, but let's make sure the file is
+ * really there now and has the correct size.
+ */
+ if (stat(xlogpath, &stat_buf) == 0)
+ {
+ if (expectedSize > 0 && stat_buf.st_size != expectedSize)
+ pg_fatal("unexpected file size for \"%s\": %lld instead of %lld",
+ xlogfname, (long long int) stat_buf.st_size,
+ (long long int) expectedSize);
+ else
+ {
+ int xlogfd = open(xlogpath, O_RDONLY | PG_BINARY, 0);
+
+ if (xlogfd < 0)
+ pg_fatal("could not open file \"%s\" restored from archive: %m",
+ xlogpath);
+ else
+ return xlogfd;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (errno != ENOENT)
+ pg_fatal("could not stat file \"%s\": %m",
+ xlogpath);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If the failure was due to a signal, then it would be misleading to
+ * return with a failure at restoring the file. So just bail out and
+ * exit. Hard shell errors such as "command not found" are treated as
+ * fatal too.
+ */
+ if (wait_result_is_any_signal(rc, true))
+ pg_fatal("restore_command failed: %s",
+ wait_result_to_str(rc));
+
+ /*
+ * The file is not available, so just let the caller decide what to do
+ * next.
+ */
+ pg_log_error("could not restore file \"%s\" from archive",
+ xlogfname);
+ return -1;
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/cancel.c b/src/fe_utils/cancel.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d430866
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/cancel.c
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Query cancellation support for frontend code
+ *
+ * Assorted utility functions to control query cancellation with signal
+ * handler for SIGINT.
+ *
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * src/fe-utils/cancel.c
+ *
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "common/connect.h"
+#include "fe_utils/cancel.h"
+#include "fe_utils/string_utils.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Write a simple string to stderr --- must be safe in a signal handler.
+ * We ignore the write() result since there's not much we could do about it.
+ * Certain compilers make that harder than it ought to be.
+ */
+#define write_stderr(str) \
+ do { \
+ const char *str_ = (str); \
+ int rc_; \
+ rc_ = write(fileno(stderr), str_, strlen(str_)); \
+ (void) rc_; \
+ } while (0)
+
+/*
+ * Contains all the information needed to cancel a query issued from
+ * a database connection to the backend.
+ */
+static PGcancel *volatile cancelConn = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * Predetermined localized error strings --- needed to avoid trying
+ * to call gettext() from a signal handler.
+ */
+static const char *cancel_sent_msg = NULL;
+static const char *cancel_not_sent_msg = NULL;
+
+/*
+ * CancelRequested is set when we receive SIGINT (or local equivalent).
+ * There is no provision in this module for resetting it; but applications
+ * might choose to clear it after successfully recovering from a cancel.
+ * Note that there is no guarantee that we successfully sent a Cancel request,
+ * or that the request will have any effect if we did send it.
+ */
+volatile sig_atomic_t CancelRequested = false;
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+static CRITICAL_SECTION cancelConnLock;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Additional callback for cancellations.
+ */
+static void (*cancel_callback) (void) = NULL;
+
+
+/*
+ * SetCancelConn
+ *
+ * Set cancelConn to point to the current database connection.
+ */
+void
+SetCancelConn(PGconn *conn)
+{
+ PGcancel *oldCancelConn;
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+ EnterCriticalSection(&cancelConnLock);
+#endif
+
+ /* Free the old one if we have one */
+ oldCancelConn = cancelConn;
+
+ /* be sure handle_sigint doesn't use pointer while freeing */
+ cancelConn = NULL;
+
+ if (oldCancelConn != NULL)
+ PQfreeCancel(oldCancelConn);
+
+ cancelConn = PQgetCancel(conn);
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&cancelConnLock);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * ResetCancelConn
+ *
+ * Free the current cancel connection, if any, and set to NULL.
+ */
+void
+ResetCancelConn(void)
+{
+ PGcancel *oldCancelConn;
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+ EnterCriticalSection(&cancelConnLock);
+#endif
+
+ oldCancelConn = cancelConn;
+
+ /* be sure handle_sigint doesn't use pointer while freeing */
+ cancelConn = NULL;
+
+ if (oldCancelConn != NULL)
+ PQfreeCancel(oldCancelConn);
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&cancelConnLock);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Code to support query cancellation
+ *
+ * Note that sending the cancel directly from the signal handler is safe
+ * because PQcancel() is written to make it so. We use write() to report
+ * to stderr because it's better to use simple facilities in a signal
+ * handler.
+ *
+ * On Windows, the signal canceling happens on a separate thread, because
+ * that's how SetConsoleCtrlHandler works. The PQcancel function is safe
+ * for this (unlike PQrequestCancel). However, a CRITICAL_SECTION is required
+ * to protect the PGcancel structure against being changed while the signal
+ * thread is using it.
+ */
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+/*
+ * handle_sigint
+ *
+ * Handle interrupt signals by canceling the current command, if cancelConn
+ * is set.
+ */
+static void
+handle_sigint(SIGNAL_ARGS)
+{
+ int save_errno = errno;
+ char errbuf[256];
+
+ CancelRequested = true;
+
+ if (cancel_callback != NULL)
+ cancel_callback();
+
+ /* Send QueryCancel if we are processing a database query */
+ if (cancelConn != NULL)
+ {
+ if (PQcancel(cancelConn, errbuf, sizeof(errbuf)))
+ {
+ write_stderr(cancel_sent_msg);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ write_stderr(cancel_not_sent_msg);
+ write_stderr(errbuf);
+ }
+ }
+
+ errno = save_errno; /* just in case the write changed it */
+}
+
+/*
+ * setup_cancel_handler
+ *
+ * Register query cancellation callback for SIGINT.
+ */
+void
+setup_cancel_handler(void (*callback) (void))
+{
+ cancel_callback = callback;
+ cancel_sent_msg = _("Cancel request sent\n");
+ cancel_not_sent_msg = _("Could not send cancel request: ");
+
+ pqsignal(SIGINT, handle_sigint);
+}
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+static BOOL WINAPI
+consoleHandler(DWORD dwCtrlType)
+{
+ char errbuf[256];
+
+ if (dwCtrlType == CTRL_C_EVENT ||
+ dwCtrlType == CTRL_BREAK_EVENT)
+ {
+ CancelRequested = true;
+
+ if (cancel_callback != NULL)
+ cancel_callback();
+
+ /* Send QueryCancel if we are processing a database query */
+ EnterCriticalSection(&cancelConnLock);
+ if (cancelConn != NULL)
+ {
+ if (PQcancel(cancelConn, errbuf, sizeof(errbuf)))
+ {
+ write_stderr(cancel_sent_msg);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ write_stderr(cancel_not_sent_msg);
+ write_stderr(errbuf);
+ }
+ }
+
+ LeaveCriticalSection(&cancelConnLock);
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ /* Return FALSE for any signals not being handled */
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+void
+setup_cancel_handler(void (*callback) (void))
+{
+ cancel_callback = callback;
+ cancel_sent_msg = _("Cancel request sent\n");
+ cancel_not_sent_msg = _("Could not send cancel request: ");
+
+ InitializeCriticalSection(&cancelConnLock);
+
+ SetConsoleCtrlHandler(consoleHandler, TRUE);
+}
+
+#endif /* WIN32 */
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/conditional.c b/src/fe_utils/conditional.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a94664
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/conditional.c
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * A stack of automaton states to handle nested conditionals.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ *
+ * src/fe_utils/conditional.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include "fe_utils/conditional.h"
+
+/*
+ * create stack
+ */
+ConditionalStack
+conditional_stack_create(void)
+{
+ ConditionalStack cstack = pg_malloc(sizeof(ConditionalStackData));
+
+ cstack->head = NULL;
+ return cstack;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroy all the elements from the stack. The stack itself is not freed.
+ */
+void
+conditional_stack_reset(ConditionalStack cstack)
+{
+ if (!cstack)
+ return; /* nothing to do here */
+
+ while (conditional_stack_pop(cstack))
+ continue;
+}
+
+/*
+ * destroy stack
+ */
+void
+conditional_stack_destroy(ConditionalStack cstack)
+{
+ conditional_stack_reset(cstack);
+ free(cstack);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new conditional branch.
+ */
+void
+conditional_stack_push(ConditionalStack cstack, ifState new_state)
+{
+ IfStackElem *p = (IfStackElem *) pg_malloc(sizeof(IfStackElem));
+
+ p->if_state = new_state;
+ p->query_len = -1;
+ p->paren_depth = -1;
+ p->next = cstack->head;
+ cstack->head = p;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroy the topmost conditional branch.
+ * Returns false if there was no branch to end.
+ */
+bool
+conditional_stack_pop(ConditionalStack cstack)
+{
+ IfStackElem *p = cstack->head;
+
+ if (!p)
+ return false;
+ cstack->head = cstack->head->next;
+ free(p);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Returns current stack depth, for debugging purposes.
+ */
+int
+conditional_stack_depth(ConditionalStack cstack)
+{
+ if (cstack == NULL)
+ return -1;
+ else
+ {
+ IfStackElem *p = cstack->head;
+ int depth = 0;
+
+ while (p != NULL)
+ {
+ depth++;
+ p = p->next;
+ }
+ return depth;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fetch the current state of the top of the stack.
+ */
+ifState
+conditional_stack_peek(ConditionalStack cstack)
+{
+ if (conditional_stack_empty(cstack))
+ return IFSTATE_NONE;
+ return cstack->head->if_state;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change the state of the topmost branch.
+ * Returns false if there was no branch state to set.
+ */
+bool
+conditional_stack_poke(ConditionalStack cstack, ifState new_state)
+{
+ if (conditional_stack_empty(cstack))
+ return false;
+ cstack->head->if_state = new_state;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * True if there are no active \if-blocks.
+ */
+bool
+conditional_stack_empty(ConditionalStack cstack)
+{
+ return cstack->head == NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * True if we should execute commands normally; that is, the current
+ * conditional branch is active, or there is no open \if block.
+ */
+bool
+conditional_active(ConditionalStack cstack)
+{
+ ifState s = conditional_stack_peek(cstack);
+
+ return s == IFSTATE_NONE || s == IFSTATE_TRUE || s == IFSTATE_ELSE_TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Save current query buffer length in topmost stack entry.
+ */
+void
+conditional_stack_set_query_len(ConditionalStack cstack, int len)
+{
+ Assert(!conditional_stack_empty(cstack));
+ cstack->head->query_len = len;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fetch last-recorded query buffer length from topmost stack entry.
+ * Will return -1 if no stack or it was never saved.
+ */
+int
+conditional_stack_get_query_len(ConditionalStack cstack)
+{
+ if (conditional_stack_empty(cstack))
+ return -1;
+ return cstack->head->query_len;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Save current parenthesis nesting depth in topmost stack entry.
+ */
+void
+conditional_stack_set_paren_depth(ConditionalStack cstack, int depth)
+{
+ Assert(!conditional_stack_empty(cstack));
+ cstack->head->paren_depth = depth;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fetch last-recorded parenthesis nesting depth from topmost stack entry.
+ * Will return -1 if no stack or it was never saved.
+ */
+int
+conditional_stack_get_paren_depth(ConditionalStack cstack)
+{
+ if (conditional_stack_empty(cstack))
+ return -1;
+ return cstack->head->paren_depth;
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/connect_utils.c b/src/fe_utils/connect_utils.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2e583f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/connect_utils.c
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Facilities for frontend code to connect to and disconnect from databases.
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * src/fe_utils/connect_utils.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include "common/connect.h"
+#include "common/logging.h"
+#include "common/string.h"
+#include "fe_utils/connect_utils.h"
+#include "fe_utils/query_utils.h"
+
+/*
+ * Make a database connection with the given parameters.
+ *
+ * An interactive password prompt is automatically issued if needed and
+ * allowed by cparams->prompt_password.
+ *
+ * If allow_password_reuse is true, we will try to re-use any password
+ * given during previous calls to this routine. (Callers should not pass
+ * allow_password_reuse=true unless reconnecting to the same database+user
+ * as before, else we might create password exposure hazards.)
+ */
+PGconn *
+connectDatabase(const ConnParams *cparams, const char *progname,
+ bool echo, bool fail_ok, bool allow_password_reuse)
+{
+ PGconn *conn;
+ bool new_pass;
+ static char *password = NULL;
+
+ /* Callers must supply at least dbname; other params can be NULL */
+ Assert(cparams->dbname);
+
+ if (!allow_password_reuse && password)
+ {
+ free(password);
+ password = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (cparams->prompt_password == TRI_YES && password == NULL)
+ password = simple_prompt("Password: ", false);
+
+ /*
+ * Start the connection. Loop until we have a password if requested by
+ * backend.
+ */
+ do
+ {
+ const char *keywords[8];
+ const char *values[8];
+ int i = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * If dbname is a connstring, its entries can override the other
+ * values obtained from cparams; but in turn, override_dbname can
+ * override the dbname component of it.
+ */
+ keywords[i] = "host";
+ values[i++] = cparams->pghost;
+ keywords[i] = "port";
+ values[i++] = cparams->pgport;
+ keywords[i] = "user";
+ values[i++] = cparams->pguser;
+ keywords[i] = "password";
+ values[i++] = password;
+ keywords[i] = "dbname";
+ values[i++] = cparams->dbname;
+ if (cparams->override_dbname)
+ {
+ keywords[i] = "dbname";
+ values[i++] = cparams->override_dbname;
+ }
+ keywords[i] = "fallback_application_name";
+ values[i++] = progname;
+ keywords[i] = NULL;
+ values[i++] = NULL;
+ Assert(i <= lengthof(keywords));
+
+ new_pass = false;
+ conn = PQconnectdbParams(keywords, values, true);
+
+ if (!conn)
+ pg_fatal("could not connect to database %s: out of memory",
+ cparams->dbname);
+
+ /*
+ * No luck? Trying asking (again) for a password.
+ */
+ if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD &&
+ PQconnectionNeedsPassword(conn) &&
+ cparams->prompt_password != TRI_NO)
+ {
+ PQfinish(conn);
+ if (password)
+ free(password);
+ password = simple_prompt("Password: ", false);
+ new_pass = true;
+ }
+ } while (new_pass);
+
+ /* check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
+ if (PQstatus(conn) == CONNECTION_BAD)
+ {
+ if (fail_ok)
+ {
+ PQfinish(conn);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ pg_fatal("%s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
+ }
+
+ /* Start strict; callers may override this. */
+ PQclear(executeQuery(conn, ALWAYS_SECURE_SEARCH_PATH_SQL, echo));
+
+ return conn;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Try to connect to the appropriate maintenance database.
+ *
+ * This differs from connectDatabase only in that it has a rule for
+ * inserting a default "dbname" if none was given (which is why cparams
+ * is not const). Note that cparams->dbname should typically come from
+ * a --maintenance-db command line parameter.
+ */
+PGconn *
+connectMaintenanceDatabase(ConnParams *cparams,
+ const char *progname, bool echo)
+{
+ PGconn *conn;
+
+ /* If a maintenance database name was specified, just connect to it. */
+ if (cparams->dbname)
+ return connectDatabase(cparams, progname, echo, false, false);
+
+ /* Otherwise, try postgres first and then template1. */
+ cparams->dbname = "postgres";
+ conn = connectDatabase(cparams, progname, echo, true, false);
+ if (!conn)
+ {
+ cparams->dbname = "template1";
+ conn = connectDatabase(cparams, progname, echo, false, false);
+ }
+ return conn;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Disconnect the given connection, canceling any statement if one is active.
+ */
+void
+disconnectDatabase(PGconn *conn)
+{
+ char errbuf[256];
+
+ Assert(conn != NULL);
+
+ if (PQtransactionStatus(conn) == PQTRANS_ACTIVE)
+ {
+ PGcancel *cancel;
+
+ if ((cancel = PQgetCancel(conn)))
+ {
+ (void) PQcancel(cancel, errbuf, sizeof(errbuf));
+ PQfreeCancel(cancel);
+ }
+ }
+
+ PQfinish(conn);
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/mbprint.c b/src/fe_utils/mbprint.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..067f281
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/mbprint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Multibyte character printing support for frontend code
+ *
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * src/fe_utils/mbprint.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include "fe_utils/mbprint.h"
+
+#include "libpq-fe.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * To avoid version-skew problems, this file must not use declarations
+ * from pg_wchar.h: the encoding IDs we are dealing with are determined
+ * by the libpq.so we are linked with, and that might not match the
+ * numbers we see at compile time. (If this file were inside libpq,
+ * the problem would go away...)
+ *
+ * Hence, we have our own definition of pg_wchar, and we get the values
+ * of any needed encoding IDs on-the-fly.
+ */
+
+typedef unsigned int pg_wchar;
+
+static int
+pg_get_utf8_id(void)
+{
+ static int utf8_id = -1;
+
+ if (utf8_id < 0)
+ utf8_id = pg_char_to_encoding("utf8");
+ return utf8_id;
+}
+
+#define PG_UTF8 pg_get_utf8_id()
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character to a Unicode code point.
+ * This is a one-character version of pg_utf2wchar_with_len.
+ *
+ * No error checks here, c must point to a long-enough string.
+ */
+static pg_wchar
+utf8_to_unicode(const unsigned char *c)
+{
+ if ((*c & 0x80) == 0)
+ return (pg_wchar) c[0];
+ else if ((*c & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
+ return (pg_wchar) (((c[0] & 0x1f) << 6) |
+ (c[1] & 0x3f));
+ else if ((*c & 0xf0) == 0xe0)
+ return (pg_wchar) (((c[0] & 0x0f) << 12) |
+ ((c[1] & 0x3f) << 6) |
+ (c[2] & 0x3f));
+ else if ((*c & 0xf8) == 0xf0)
+ return (pg_wchar) (((c[0] & 0x07) << 18) |
+ ((c[1] & 0x3f) << 12) |
+ ((c[2] & 0x3f) << 6) |
+ (c[3] & 0x3f));
+ else
+ /* that is an invalid code on purpose */
+ return 0xffffffff;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Unicode 3.1 compliant validation : for each category, it checks the
+ * combination of each byte to make sure it maps to a valid range. It also
+ * returns -1 for the following UCS values: ucs > 0x10ffff ucs & 0xfffe =
+ * 0xfffe 0xfdd0 < ucs < 0xfdef ucs & 0xdb00 = 0xd800 (surrogates)
+ */
+static int
+utf_charcheck(const unsigned char *c)
+{
+ if ((*c & 0x80) == 0)
+ return 1;
+ else if ((*c & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
+ {
+ /* two-byte char */
+ if (((c[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80) && ((c[0] & 0x1f) > 0x01))
+ return 2;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else if ((*c & 0xf0) == 0xe0)
+ {
+ /* three-byte char */
+ if (((c[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80) &&
+ (((c[0] & 0x0f) != 0x00) || ((c[1] & 0x20) == 0x20)) &&
+ ((c[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80))
+ {
+ int z = c[0] & 0x0f;
+ int yx = ((c[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | (c[0] & 0x3f);
+ int lx = yx & 0x7f;
+
+ /* check 0xfffe/0xffff, 0xfdd0..0xfedf range, surrogates */
+ if (((z == 0x0f) &&
+ (((yx & 0xffe) == 0xffe) ||
+ (((yx & 0xf80) == 0xd80) && (lx >= 0x30) && (lx <= 0x4f)))) ||
+ ((z == 0x0d) && ((yx & 0xb00) == 0x800)))
+ return -1;
+ return 3;
+ }
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else if ((*c & 0xf8) == 0xf0)
+ {
+ int u = ((c[0] & 0x07) << 2) | ((c[1] & 0x30) >> 4);
+
+ /* four-byte char */
+ if (((c[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80) &&
+ (u > 0x00) && (u <= 0x10) &&
+ ((c[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80) && ((c[3] & 0xc0) == 0x80))
+ {
+ /* test for 0xzzzzfffe/0xzzzzfffff */
+ if (((c[1] & 0x0f) == 0x0f) && ((c[2] & 0x3f) == 0x3f) &&
+ ((c[3] & 0x3e) == 0x3e))
+ return -1;
+ return 4;
+ }
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+mb_utf_validate(unsigned char *pwcs)
+{
+ unsigned char *p = pwcs;
+
+ while (*pwcs)
+ {
+ int len;
+
+ if ((len = utf_charcheck(pwcs)) > 0)
+ {
+ if (p != pwcs)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ *p++ = *pwcs++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pwcs += len;
+ p += len;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* we skip the char */
+ pwcs++;
+ }
+ if (p != pwcs)
+ *p = '\0';
+}
+
+/*
+ * public functions : wcswidth and mbvalidate
+ */
+
+/*
+ * pg_wcswidth is the dumb display-width function.
+ * It assumes that everything will appear on one line.
+ * OTOH it is easier to use than pg_wcssize if this applies to you.
+ */
+int
+pg_wcswidth(const char *pwcs, size_t len, int encoding)
+{
+ int width = 0;
+
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ int chlen,
+ chwidth;
+
+ chlen = PQmblen(pwcs, encoding);
+ if (len < (size_t) chlen)
+ break; /* Invalid string */
+
+ chwidth = PQdsplen(pwcs, encoding);
+ if (chwidth > 0)
+ width += chwidth;
+
+ pwcs += chlen;
+ len -= chlen;
+ }
+ return width;
+}
+
+/*
+ * pg_wcssize takes the given string in the given encoding and returns three
+ * values:
+ * result_width: Width in display characters of the longest line in string
+ * result_height: Number of lines in display output
+ * result_format_size: Number of bytes required to store formatted
+ * representation of string
+ *
+ * This MUST be kept in sync with pg_wcsformat!
+ */
+void
+pg_wcssize(const unsigned char *pwcs, size_t len, int encoding,
+ int *result_width, int *result_height, int *result_format_size)
+{
+ int w,
+ chlen = 0,
+ linewidth = 0;
+ int width = 0;
+ int height = 1;
+ int format_size = 0;
+
+ for (; *pwcs && len > 0; pwcs += chlen)
+ {
+ chlen = PQmblen((const char *) pwcs, encoding);
+ if (len < (size_t) chlen)
+ break;
+ w = PQdsplen((const char *) pwcs, encoding);
+
+ if (chlen == 1) /* single-byte char */
+ {
+ if (*pwcs == '\n') /* Newline */
+ {
+ if (linewidth > width)
+ width = linewidth;
+ linewidth = 0;
+ height += 1;
+ format_size += 1; /* For NUL char */
+ }
+ else if (*pwcs == '\r') /* Linefeed */
+ {
+ linewidth += 2;
+ format_size += 2;
+ }
+ else if (*pwcs == '\t') /* Tab */
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ linewidth++;
+ format_size++;
+ } while (linewidth % 8 != 0);
+ }
+ else if (w < 0) /* Other control char */
+ {
+ linewidth += 4;
+ format_size += 4;
+ }
+ else /* Output it as-is */
+ {
+ linewidth += w;
+ format_size += 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (w < 0) /* Non-ascii control char */
+ {
+ linewidth += 6; /* \u0000 */
+ format_size += 6;
+ }
+ else /* All other chars */
+ {
+ linewidth += w;
+ format_size += chlen;
+ }
+ len -= chlen;
+ }
+ if (linewidth > width)
+ width = linewidth;
+ format_size += 1; /* For NUL char */
+
+ /* Set results */
+ if (result_width)
+ *result_width = width;
+ if (result_height)
+ *result_height = height;
+ if (result_format_size)
+ *result_format_size = format_size;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Format a string into one or more "struct lineptr" lines.
+ * lines[i].ptr == NULL indicates the end of the array.
+ *
+ * This MUST be kept in sync with pg_wcssize!
+ */
+void
+pg_wcsformat(const unsigned char *pwcs, size_t len, int encoding,
+ struct lineptr *lines, int count)
+{
+ int w,
+ chlen = 0;
+ int linewidth = 0;
+ unsigned char *ptr = lines->ptr; /* Pointer to data area */
+
+ for (; *pwcs && len > 0; pwcs += chlen)
+ {
+ chlen = PQmblen((const char *) pwcs, encoding);
+ if (len < (size_t) chlen)
+ break;
+ w = PQdsplen((const char *) pwcs, encoding);
+
+ if (chlen == 1) /* single-byte char */
+ {
+ if (*pwcs == '\n') /* Newline */
+ {
+ *ptr++ = '\0';
+ lines->width = linewidth;
+ linewidth = 0;
+ lines++;
+ count--;
+ if (count <= 0)
+ exit(1); /* Screwup */
+
+ /* make next line point to remaining memory */
+ lines->ptr = ptr;
+ }
+ else if (*pwcs == '\r') /* Linefeed */
+ {
+ strcpy((char *) ptr, "\\r");
+ linewidth += 2;
+ ptr += 2;
+ }
+ else if (*pwcs == '\t') /* Tab */
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ *ptr++ = ' ';
+ linewidth++;
+ } while (linewidth % 8 != 0);
+ }
+ else if (w < 0) /* Other control char */
+ {
+ sprintf((char *) ptr, "\\x%02X", *pwcs);
+ linewidth += 4;
+ ptr += 4;
+ }
+ else /* Output it as-is */
+ {
+ linewidth += w;
+ *ptr++ = *pwcs;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (w < 0) /* Non-ascii control char */
+ {
+ if (encoding == PG_UTF8)
+ sprintf((char *) ptr, "\\u%04X", utf8_to_unicode(pwcs));
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * This case cannot happen in the current code because only
+ * UTF-8 signals multibyte control characters. But we may need
+ * to support it at some stage
+ */
+ sprintf((char *) ptr, "\\u????");
+ }
+ ptr += 6;
+ linewidth += 6;
+ }
+ else /* All other chars */
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < chlen; i++)
+ *ptr++ = pwcs[i];
+ linewidth += w;
+ }
+ len -= chlen;
+ }
+ lines->width = linewidth;
+ *ptr++ = '\0'; /* Terminate formatted string */
+
+ if (count <= 0)
+ exit(1); /* Screwup */
+
+ (lines + 1)->ptr = NULL; /* terminate line array */
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Encoding validation: delete any unvalidatable characters from the string
+ *
+ * This seems redundant with existing functionality elsewhere?
+ */
+unsigned char *
+mbvalidate(unsigned char *pwcs, int encoding)
+{
+ if (encoding == PG_UTF8)
+ mb_utf_validate(pwcs);
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * other encodings needing validation should add their own routines
+ * here
+ */
+ }
+
+ return pwcs;
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/option_utils.c b/src/fe_utils/option_utils.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abea881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/option_utils.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Command line option processing facilities for frontend code
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * src/fe_utils/option_utils.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include "common/logging.h"
+#include "common/string.h"
+#include "fe_utils/option_utils.h"
+
+/*
+ * Provide strictly harmonized handling of --help and --version
+ * options.
+ */
+void
+handle_help_version_opts(int argc, char *argv[],
+ const char *fixed_progname, help_handler hlp)
+{
+ if (argc > 1)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(argv[1], "--help") == 0 || strcmp(argv[1], "-?") == 0)
+ {
+ hlp(get_progname(argv[0]));
+ exit(0);
+ }
+ if (strcmp(argv[1], "--version") == 0 || strcmp(argv[1], "-V") == 0)
+ {
+ printf("%s (PostgreSQL) " PG_VERSION "\n", fixed_progname);
+ exit(0);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * option_parse_int
+ *
+ * Parse integer value for an option. If the parsing is successful, returns
+ * true and stores the result in *result if that's given; if parsing fails,
+ * returns false.
+ */
+bool
+option_parse_int(const char *optarg, const char *optname,
+ int min_range, int max_range,
+ int *result)
+{
+ char *endptr;
+ int val;
+
+ errno = 0;
+ val = strtoint(optarg, &endptr, 10);
+
+ /*
+ * Skip any trailing whitespace; if anything but whitespace remains before
+ * the terminating character, fail.
+ */
+ while (*endptr != '\0' && isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
+ endptr++;
+
+ if (*endptr != '\0')
+ {
+ pg_log_error("invalid value \"%s\" for option %s",
+ optarg, optname);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (errno == ERANGE || val < min_range || val > max_range)
+ {
+ pg_log_error("%s must be in range %d..%d",
+ optname, min_range, max_range);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (result)
+ *result = val;
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/parallel_slot.c b/src/fe_utils/parallel_slot.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c65de7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/parallel_slot.c
@@ -0,0 +1,563 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * parallel_slot.c
+ * Parallel support for front-end parallel database connections
+ *
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * src/fe_utils/parallel_slot.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+#define FD_SETSIZE 1024 /* must set before winsock2.h is included */
+#endif
+
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "common/logging.h"
+#include "fe_utils/cancel.h"
+#include "fe_utils/parallel_slot.h"
+#include "fe_utils/query_utils.h"
+
+#define ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE "42P01"
+
+static int select_loop(int maxFd, fd_set *workerset);
+static bool processQueryResult(ParallelSlot *slot, PGresult *result);
+
+/*
+ * Process (and delete) a query result. Returns true if there's no problem,
+ * false otherwise. It's up to the handler to decide what constitutes a
+ * problem.
+ */
+static bool
+processQueryResult(ParallelSlot *slot, PGresult *result)
+{
+ Assert(slot->handler != NULL);
+
+ /* On failure, the handler should return NULL after freeing the result */
+ if (!slot->handler(result, slot->connection, slot->handler_context))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Ok, we have to free it ourself */
+ PQclear(result);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Consume all the results generated for the given connection until
+ * nothing remains. If at least one error is encountered, return false.
+ * Note that this will block if the connection is busy.
+ */
+static bool
+consumeQueryResult(ParallelSlot *slot)
+{
+ bool ok = true;
+ PGresult *result;
+
+ SetCancelConn(slot->connection);
+ while ((result = PQgetResult(slot->connection)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if (!processQueryResult(slot, result))
+ ok = false;
+ }
+ ResetCancelConn();
+ return ok;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Wait until a file descriptor from the given set becomes readable.
+ *
+ * Returns the number of ready descriptors, or -1 on failure (including
+ * getting a cancel request).
+ */
+static int
+select_loop(int maxFd, fd_set *workerset)
+{
+ int i;
+ fd_set saveSet = *workerset;
+
+ if (CancelRequested)
+ return -1;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /*
+ * On Windows, we need to check once in a while for cancel requests;
+ * on other platforms we rely on select() returning when interrupted.
+ */
+ struct timeval *tvp;
+#ifdef WIN32
+ struct timeval tv = {0, 1000000};
+
+ tvp = &tv;
+#else
+ tvp = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ *workerset = saveSet;
+ i = select(maxFd + 1, workerset, NULL, NULL, tvp);
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+ if (i == SOCKET_ERROR)
+ {
+ i = -1;
+
+ if (WSAGetLastError() == WSAEINTR)
+ errno = EINTR;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (i < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+ continue; /* ignore this */
+ if (i < 0 || CancelRequested)
+ return -1; /* but not this */
+ if (i == 0)
+ continue; /* timeout (Win32 only) */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return i;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the offset of a suitable idle slot, or -1 if none are available. If
+ * the given dbname is not null, only idle slots connected to the given
+ * database are considered suitable, otherwise all idle connected slots are
+ * considered suitable.
+ */
+static int
+find_matching_idle_slot(const ParallelSlotArray *sa, const char *dbname)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sa->numslots; i++)
+ {
+ if (sa->slots[i].inUse)
+ continue;
+
+ if (sa->slots[i].connection == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ if (dbname == NULL ||
+ strcmp(PQdb(sa->slots[i].connection), dbname) == 0)
+ return i;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the offset of the first slot without a database connection, or -1 if
+ * all slots are connected.
+ */
+static int
+find_unconnected_slot(const ParallelSlotArray *sa)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sa->numslots; i++)
+ {
+ if (sa->slots[i].inUse)
+ continue;
+
+ if (sa->slots[i].connection == NULL)
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the offset of the first idle slot, or -1 if all slots are busy.
+ */
+static int
+find_any_idle_slot(const ParallelSlotArray *sa)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sa->numslots; i++)
+ if (!sa->slots[i].inUse)
+ return i;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Wait for any slot's connection to have query results, consume the results,
+ * and update the slot's status as appropriate. Returns true on success,
+ * false on cancellation, on error, or if no slots are connected.
+ */
+static bool
+wait_on_slots(ParallelSlotArray *sa)
+{
+ int i;
+ fd_set slotset;
+ int maxFd = 0;
+ PGconn *cancelconn = NULL;
+
+ /* We must reconstruct the fd_set for each call to select_loop */
+ FD_ZERO(&slotset);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sa->numslots; i++)
+ {
+ int sock;
+
+ /* We shouldn't get here if we still have slots without connections */
+ Assert(sa->slots[i].connection != NULL);
+
+ sock = PQsocket(sa->slots[i].connection);
+
+ /*
+ * We don't really expect any connections to lose their sockets after
+ * startup, but just in case, cope by ignoring them.
+ */
+ if (sock < 0)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Keep track of the first valid connection we see. */
+ if (cancelconn == NULL)
+ cancelconn = sa->slots[i].connection;
+
+ FD_SET(sock, &slotset);
+ if (sock > maxFd)
+ maxFd = sock;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we get this far with no valid connections, processing cannot
+ * continue.
+ */
+ if (cancelconn == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ SetCancelConn(cancelconn);
+ i = select_loop(maxFd, &slotset);
+ ResetCancelConn();
+
+ /* failure? */
+ if (i < 0)
+ return false;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sa->numslots; i++)
+ {
+ int sock;
+
+ sock = PQsocket(sa->slots[i].connection);
+
+ if (sock >= 0 && FD_ISSET(sock, &slotset))
+ {
+ /* select() says input is available, so consume it */
+ PQconsumeInput(sa->slots[i].connection);
+ }
+
+ /* Collect result(s) as long as any are available */
+ while (!PQisBusy(sa->slots[i].connection))
+ {
+ PGresult *result = PQgetResult(sa->slots[i].connection);
+
+ if (result != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Handle and discard the command result */
+ if (!processQueryResult(&sa->slots[i], result))
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This connection has become idle */
+ sa->slots[i].inUse = false;
+ ParallelSlotClearHandler(&sa->slots[i]);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a new database connection using the stored connection parameters and
+ * optionally a given dbname if not null, execute the stored initial command if
+ * any, and associate the new connection with the given slot.
+ */
+static void
+connect_slot(ParallelSlotArray *sa, int slotno, const char *dbname)
+{
+ const char *old_override;
+ ParallelSlot *slot = &sa->slots[slotno];
+
+ old_override = sa->cparams->override_dbname;
+ if (dbname)
+ sa->cparams->override_dbname = dbname;
+ slot->connection = connectDatabase(sa->cparams, sa->progname, sa->echo, false, true);
+ sa->cparams->override_dbname = old_override;
+
+ /*
+ * POSIX defines FD_SETSIZE as the highest file descriptor acceptable to
+ * FD_SET() and allied macros. Windows defines it as a ceiling on the
+ * count of file descriptors in the set, not a ceiling on the value of
+ * each file descriptor; see
+ * https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/winsock2/nf-winsock2-select
+ * and
+ * https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/winsock/ns-winsock-fd_set.
+ * We can't ignore that, because Windows starts file descriptors at a
+ * higher value, delays reuse, and skips values. With less than ten
+ * concurrent file descriptors, opened and closed rapidly, one can reach
+ * file descriptor 1024.
+ *
+ * Doing a hard exit here is a bit grotty, but it doesn't seem worth
+ * complicating the API to make it less grotty.
+ */
+#ifdef WIN32
+ if (slotno >= FD_SETSIZE)
+ {
+ pg_log_error("too many jobs for this platform: %d", slotno);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+#else
+ {
+ int fd = PQsocket(slot->connection);
+
+ if (fd >= FD_SETSIZE)
+ {
+ pg_log_error("socket file descriptor out of range for select(): %d",
+ fd);
+ pg_log_error_hint("Try fewer jobs.");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Setup the connection using the supplied command, if any. */
+ if (sa->initcmd)
+ executeCommand(slot->connection, sa->initcmd, sa->echo);
+}
+
+/*
+ * ParallelSlotsGetIdle
+ * Return a connection slot that is ready to execute a command.
+ *
+ * The slot returned is chosen as follows:
+ *
+ * If any idle slot already has an open connection, and if either dbname is
+ * null or the existing connection is to the given database, that slot will be
+ * returned allowing the connection to be reused.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, if any idle slot is not yet connected to any database, the slot
+ * will be returned with it's connection opened using the stored cparams and
+ * optionally the given dbname if not null.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, if any idle slot exists, an idle slot will be chosen and returned
+ * after having it's connection disconnected and reconnected using the stored
+ * cparams and optionally the given dbname if not null.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, if any slots have connections that are busy, we loop on select()
+ * until one socket becomes available. When this happens, we read the whole
+ * set and mark as free all sockets that become available. We then select a
+ * slot using the same rules as above.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, we cannot return a slot, which is an error, and NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * For any connection created, if the stored initcmd is not null, it will be
+ * executed as a command on the newly formed connection before the slot is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * If an error occurs, NULL is returned.
+ */
+ParallelSlot *
+ParallelSlotsGetIdle(ParallelSlotArray *sa, const char *dbname)
+{
+ int offset;
+
+ Assert(sa);
+ Assert(sa->numslots > 0);
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ /* First choice: a slot already connected to the desired database. */
+ offset = find_matching_idle_slot(sa, dbname);
+ if (offset >= 0)
+ {
+ sa->slots[offset].inUse = true;
+ return &sa->slots[offset];
+ }
+
+ /* Second choice: a slot not connected to any database. */
+ offset = find_unconnected_slot(sa);
+ if (offset >= 0)
+ {
+ connect_slot(sa, offset, dbname);
+ sa->slots[offset].inUse = true;
+ return &sa->slots[offset];
+ }
+
+ /* Third choice: a slot connected to the wrong database. */
+ offset = find_any_idle_slot(sa);
+ if (offset >= 0)
+ {
+ disconnectDatabase(sa->slots[offset].connection);
+ sa->slots[offset].connection = NULL;
+ connect_slot(sa, offset, dbname);
+ sa->slots[offset].inUse = true;
+ return &sa->slots[offset];
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Fourth choice: block until one or more slots become available. If
+ * any slots hit a fatal error, we'll find out about that here and
+ * return NULL.
+ */
+ if (!wait_on_slots(sa))
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * ParallelSlotsSetup
+ * Prepare a set of parallel slots but do not connect to any database.
+ *
+ * This creates and initializes a set of slots, marking all parallel slots as
+ * free and ready to use. Establishing connections is delayed until requesting
+ * a free slot. The cparams, progname, echo, and initcmd are stored for later
+ * use and must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned array.
+ */
+ParallelSlotArray *
+ParallelSlotsSetup(int numslots, ConnParams *cparams, const char *progname,
+ bool echo, const char *initcmd)
+{
+ ParallelSlotArray *sa;
+
+ Assert(numslots > 0);
+ Assert(cparams != NULL);
+ Assert(progname != NULL);
+
+ sa = (ParallelSlotArray *) palloc0(offsetof(ParallelSlotArray, slots) +
+ numslots * sizeof(ParallelSlot));
+
+ sa->numslots = numslots;
+ sa->cparams = cparams;
+ sa->progname = progname;
+ sa->echo = echo;
+ sa->initcmd = initcmd;
+
+ return sa;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ParallelSlotsAdoptConn
+ * Assign an open connection to the slots array for reuse.
+ *
+ * This turns over ownership of an open connection to a slots array. The
+ * caller should not further use or close the connection. All the connection's
+ * parameters (user, host, port, etc.) except possibly dbname should match
+ * those of the slots array's cparams, as given in ParallelSlotsSetup. If
+ * these parameters differ, subsequent behavior is undefined.
+ */
+void
+ParallelSlotsAdoptConn(ParallelSlotArray *sa, PGconn *conn)
+{
+ int offset;
+
+ offset = find_unconnected_slot(sa);
+ if (offset >= 0)
+ sa->slots[offset].connection = conn;
+ else
+ disconnectDatabase(conn);
+}
+
+/*
+ * ParallelSlotsTerminate
+ * Clean up a set of parallel slots
+ *
+ * Iterate through all connections in a given set of ParallelSlots and
+ * terminate all connections.
+ */
+void
+ParallelSlotsTerminate(ParallelSlotArray *sa)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sa->numslots; i++)
+ {
+ PGconn *conn = sa->slots[i].connection;
+
+ if (conn == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ disconnectDatabase(conn);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * ParallelSlotsWaitCompletion
+ *
+ * Wait for all connections to finish, returning false if at least one
+ * error has been found on the way.
+ */
+bool
+ParallelSlotsWaitCompletion(ParallelSlotArray *sa)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < sa->numslots; i++)
+ {
+ if (sa->slots[i].connection == NULL)
+ continue;
+ if (!consumeQueryResult(&sa->slots[i]))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * TableCommandResultHandler
+ *
+ * ParallelSlotResultHandler for results of commands (not queries) against
+ * tables.
+ *
+ * Requires that the result status is either PGRES_COMMAND_OK or an error about
+ * a missing table. This is useful for utilities that compile a list of tables
+ * to process and then run commands (vacuum, reindex, or whatever) against
+ * those tables, as there is a race condition between the time the list is
+ * compiled and the time the command attempts to open the table.
+ *
+ * For missing tables, logs an error but allows processing to continue.
+ *
+ * For all other errors, logs an error and terminates further processing.
+ *
+ * res: PGresult from the query executed on the slot's connection
+ * conn: connection belonging to the slot
+ * context: unused
+ */
+bool
+TableCommandResultHandler(PGresult *res, PGconn *conn, void *context)
+{
+ Assert(res != NULL);
+ Assert(conn != NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * If it's an error, report it. Errors about a missing table are harmless
+ * so we continue processing; but die for other errors.
+ */
+ if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
+ {
+ char *sqlState = PQresultErrorField(res, PG_DIAG_SQLSTATE);
+
+ pg_log_error("processing of database \"%s\" failed: %s",
+ PQdb(conn), PQerrorMessage(conn));
+
+ if (sqlState && strcmp(sqlState, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE) != 0)
+ {
+ PQclear(res);
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/print.c b/src/fe_utils/print.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe676a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/print.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3717 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Query-result printing support for frontend code
+ *
+ * This file used to be part of psql, but now it's separated out to allow
+ * other frontend programs to use it. Because the printing code needs
+ * access to the cancel_pressed flag as well as SIGPIPE trapping and
+ * pager open/close functions, all that stuff came with it.
+ *
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * src/fe_utils/print.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+#include <sys/ioctl.h> /* for ioctl() */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+#include <termios.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "catalog/pg_type_d.h"
+#include "fe_utils/mbprint.h"
+#include "fe_utils/print.h"
+
+/*
+ * If the calling program doesn't have any mechanism for setting
+ * cancel_pressed, it will have no effect.
+ *
+ * Note: print.c's general strategy for when to check cancel_pressed is to do
+ * so at completion of each row of output.
+ */
+volatile sig_atomic_t cancel_pressed = false;
+
+static bool always_ignore_sigpipe = false;
+
+/* info for locale-aware numeric formatting; set up by setDecimalLocale() */
+static char *decimal_point;
+static int groupdigits;
+static char *thousands_sep;
+
+static char default_footer[100];
+static printTableFooter default_footer_cell = {default_footer, NULL};
+
+/* Line style control structures */
+const printTextFormat pg_asciiformat =
+{
+ "ascii",
+ {
+ {"-", "+", "+", "+"},
+ {"-", "+", "+", "+"},
+ {"-", "+", "+", "+"},
+ {"", "|", "|", "|"}
+ },
+ "|",
+ "|",
+ "|",
+ " ",
+ "+",
+ " ",
+ "+",
+ ".",
+ ".",
+ true
+};
+
+const printTextFormat pg_asciiformat_old =
+{
+ "old-ascii",
+ {
+ {"-", "+", "+", "+"},
+ {"-", "+", "+", "+"},
+ {"-", "+", "+", "+"},
+ {"", "|", "|", "|"}
+ },
+ ":",
+ ";",
+ " ",
+ "+",
+ " ",
+ " ",
+ " ",
+ " ",
+ " ",
+ false
+};
+
+/* Default unicode linestyle format */
+printTextFormat pg_utf8format;
+
+typedef struct unicodeStyleRowFormat
+{
+ const char *horizontal;
+ const char *vertical_and_right[2];
+ const char *vertical_and_left[2];
+} unicodeStyleRowFormat;
+
+typedef struct unicodeStyleColumnFormat
+{
+ const char *vertical;
+ const char *vertical_and_horizontal[2];
+ const char *up_and_horizontal[2];
+ const char *down_and_horizontal[2];
+} unicodeStyleColumnFormat;
+
+typedef struct unicodeStyleBorderFormat
+{
+ const char *up_and_right;
+ const char *vertical;
+ const char *down_and_right;
+ const char *horizontal;
+ const char *down_and_left;
+ const char *left_and_right;
+} unicodeStyleBorderFormat;
+
+typedef struct unicodeStyleFormat
+{
+ unicodeStyleRowFormat row_style[2];
+ unicodeStyleColumnFormat column_style[2];
+ unicodeStyleBorderFormat border_style[2];
+ const char *header_nl_left;
+ const char *header_nl_right;
+ const char *nl_left;
+ const char *nl_right;
+ const char *wrap_left;
+ const char *wrap_right;
+ bool wrap_right_border;
+} unicodeStyleFormat;
+
+static const unicodeStyleFormat unicode_style = {
+ {
+ {
+ /* U+2500 Box Drawings Light Horizontal */
+ "\342\224\200",
+
+ /*--
+ * U+251C Box Drawings Light Vertical and Right,
+ * U+255F Box Drawings Vertical Double and Right Single
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\224\234", "\342\225\237"},
+
+ /*--
+ * U+2524 Box Drawings Light Vertical and Left,
+ * U+2562 Box Drawings Vertical Double and Left Single
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\224\244", "\342\225\242"},
+ },
+ {
+ /* U+2550 Box Drawings Double Horizontal */
+ "\342\225\220",
+
+ /*--
+ * U+255E Box Drawings Vertical Single and Right Double,
+ * U+2560 Box Drawings Double Vertical and Right
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\225\236", "\342\225\240"},
+
+ /*--
+ * U+2561 Box Drawings Vertical Single and Left Double,
+ * U+2563 Box Drawings Double Vertical and Left
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\225\241", "\342\225\243"},
+ },
+ },
+ {
+ {
+ /* U+2502 Box Drawings Light Vertical */
+ "\342\224\202",
+
+ /*--
+ * U+253C Box Drawings Light Vertical and Horizontal,
+ * U+256A Box Drawings Vertical Single and Horizontal Double
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\224\274", "\342\225\252"},
+
+ /*--
+ * U+2534 Box Drawings Light Up and Horizontal,
+ * U+2567 Box Drawings Up Single and Horizontal Double
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\224\264", "\342\225\247"},
+
+ /*--
+ * U+252C Box Drawings Light Down and Horizontal,
+ * U+2564 Box Drawings Down Single and Horizontal Double
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\224\254", "\342\225\244"},
+ },
+ {
+ /* U+2551 Box Drawings Double Vertical */
+ "\342\225\221",
+
+ /*--
+ * U+256B Box Drawings Vertical Double and Horizontal Single,
+ * U+256C Box Drawings Double Vertical and Horizontal
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\225\253", "\342\225\254"},
+
+ /*--
+ * U+2568 Box Drawings Up Double and Horizontal Single,
+ * U+2569 Box Drawings Double Up and Horizontal
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\225\250", "\342\225\251"},
+
+ /*--
+ * U+2565 Box Drawings Down Double and Horizontal Single,
+ * U+2566 Box Drawings Double Down and Horizontal
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\225\245", "\342\225\246"},
+ },
+ },
+ {
+ /*--
+ * U+2514 Box Drawings Light Up and Right,
+ * U+2502 Box Drawings Light Vertical,
+ * U+250C Box Drawings Light Down and Right,
+ * U+2500 Box Drawings Light Horizontal,
+ * U+2510 Box Drawings Light Down and Left,
+ * U+2518 Box Drawings Light Up and Left
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\224\224", "\342\224\202", "\342\224\214", "\342\224\200", "\342\224\220", "\342\224\230"},
+
+ /*--
+ * U+255A Box Drawings Double Up and Right,
+ * U+2551 Box Drawings Double Vertical,
+ * U+2554 Box Drawings Double Down and Right,
+ * U+2550 Box Drawings Double Horizontal,
+ * U+2557 Box Drawings Double Down and Left,
+ * U+255D Box Drawings Double Up and Left
+ *--
+ */
+ {"\342\225\232", "\342\225\221", "\342\225\224", "\342\225\220", "\342\225\227", "\342\225\235"},
+ },
+ " ",
+ /* U+21B5 Downwards Arrow with Corner Leftwards */
+ "\342\206\265",
+ " ",
+ /* U+21B5 Downwards Arrow with Corner Leftwards */
+ "\342\206\265",
+ /* U+2026 Horizontal Ellipsis */
+ "\342\200\246",
+ "\342\200\246",
+ true
+};
+
+
+/* Local functions */
+static int strlen_max_width(unsigned char *str, int *target_width, int encoding);
+static void IsPagerNeeded(const printTableContent *cont, int extra_lines, bool expanded,
+ FILE **fout, bool *is_pager);
+
+static void print_aligned_vertical(const printTableContent *cont,
+ FILE *fout, bool is_pager);
+
+
+/* Count number of digits in integral part of number */
+static int
+integer_digits(const char *my_str)
+{
+ /* ignoring any sign ... */
+ if (my_str[0] == '-' || my_str[0] == '+')
+ my_str++;
+ /* ... count initial integral digits */
+ return strspn(my_str, "0123456789");
+}
+
+/* Compute additional length required for locale-aware numeric output */
+static int
+additional_numeric_locale_len(const char *my_str)
+{
+ int int_len = integer_digits(my_str),
+ len = 0;
+
+ /* Account for added thousands_sep instances */
+ if (int_len > groupdigits)
+ len += ((int_len - 1) / groupdigits) * strlen(thousands_sep);
+
+ /* Account for possible additional length of decimal_point */
+ if (strchr(my_str, '.') != NULL)
+ len += strlen(decimal_point) - 1;
+
+ return len;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Format a numeric value per current LC_NUMERIC locale setting
+ *
+ * Returns the appropriately formatted string in a new allocated block,
+ * caller must free.
+ *
+ * setDecimalLocale() must have been called earlier.
+ */
+static char *
+format_numeric_locale(const char *my_str)
+{
+ char *new_str;
+ int new_len,
+ int_len,
+ leading_digits,
+ i,
+ new_str_pos;
+
+ /*
+ * If the string doesn't look like a number, return it unchanged. This
+ * check is essential to avoid mangling already-localized "money" values.
+ */
+ if (strspn(my_str, "0123456789+-.eE") != strlen(my_str))
+ return pg_strdup(my_str);
+
+ new_len = strlen(my_str) + additional_numeric_locale_len(my_str);
+ new_str = pg_malloc(new_len + 1);
+ new_str_pos = 0;
+ int_len = integer_digits(my_str);
+
+ /* number of digits in first thousands group */
+ leading_digits = int_len % groupdigits;
+ if (leading_digits == 0)
+ leading_digits = groupdigits;
+
+ /* process sign */
+ if (my_str[0] == '-' || my_str[0] == '+')
+ {
+ new_str[new_str_pos++] = my_str[0];
+ my_str++;
+ }
+
+ /* process integer part of number */
+ for (i = 0; i < int_len; i++)
+ {
+ /* Time to insert separator? */
+ if (i > 0 && --leading_digits == 0)
+ {
+ strcpy(&new_str[new_str_pos], thousands_sep);
+ new_str_pos += strlen(thousands_sep);
+ leading_digits = groupdigits;
+ }
+ new_str[new_str_pos++] = my_str[i];
+ }
+
+ /* handle decimal point if any */
+ if (my_str[i] == '.')
+ {
+ strcpy(&new_str[new_str_pos], decimal_point);
+ new_str_pos += strlen(decimal_point);
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ /* copy the rest (fractional digits and/or exponent, and \0 terminator) */
+ strcpy(&new_str[new_str_pos], &my_str[i]);
+
+ /* assert we didn't underestimate new_len (an overestimate is OK) */
+ Assert(strlen(new_str) <= new_len);
+
+ return new_str;
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_separator(struct separator sep, FILE *fout)
+{
+ if (sep.separator_zero)
+ fputc('\000', fout);
+ else if (sep.separator)
+ fputs(sep.separator, fout);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Return the list of explicitly-requested footers or, when applicable, the
+ * default "(xx rows)" footer. Always omit the default footer when given
+ * non-default footers, "\pset footer off", or a specific instruction to that
+ * effect from a calling backslash command. Vertical formats number each row,
+ * making the default footer redundant; they do not call this function.
+ *
+ * The return value may point to static storage; do not keep it across calls.
+ */
+static printTableFooter *
+footers_with_default(const printTableContent *cont)
+{
+ if (cont->footers == NULL && cont->opt->default_footer)
+ {
+ unsigned long total_records;
+
+ total_records = cont->opt->prior_records + cont->nrows;
+ snprintf(default_footer, sizeof(default_footer),
+ ngettext("(%lu row)", "(%lu rows)", total_records),
+ total_records);
+
+ return &default_footer_cell;
+ }
+ else
+ return cont->footers;
+}
+
+
+/*************************/
+/* Unaligned text */
+/*************************/
+
+
+static void
+print_unaligned_text(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+ bool need_recordsep = false;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs(cont->title, fout);
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ }
+
+ /* print headers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ for (ptr = cont->headers; *ptr; ptr++)
+ {
+ if (ptr != cont->headers)
+ print_separator(cont->opt->fieldSep, fout);
+ fputs(*ptr, fout);
+ }
+ need_recordsep = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* assume continuing printout */
+ need_recordsep = true;
+
+ /* print cells */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (need_recordsep)
+ {
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ need_recordsep = false;
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ }
+ fputs(*ptr, fout);
+
+ if ((i + 1) % cont->ncolumns)
+ print_separator(cont->opt->fieldSep, fout);
+ else
+ need_recordsep = true;
+ }
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *footers = footers_with_default(cont);
+
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && footers != NULL && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ for (f = footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ if (need_recordsep)
+ {
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ need_recordsep = false;
+ }
+ fputs(f->data, fout);
+ need_recordsep = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * The last record is terminated by a newline, independent of the set
+ * record separator. But when the record separator is a zero byte, we
+ * use that (compatible with find -print0 and xargs).
+ */
+ if (need_recordsep)
+ {
+ if (cont->opt->recordSep.separator_zero)
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ else
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_unaligned_vertical(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+ bool need_recordsep = false;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs(cont->title, fout);
+ need_recordsep = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* assume continuing printout */
+ need_recordsep = true;
+
+ /* print records */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (need_recordsep)
+ {
+ /* record separator is 2 occurrences of recordsep in this mode */
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ need_recordsep = false;
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ fputs(cont->headers[i % cont->ncolumns], fout);
+ print_separator(cont->opt->fieldSep, fout);
+ fputs(*ptr, fout);
+
+ if ((i + 1) % cont->ncolumns)
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ else
+ need_recordsep = true;
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ /* print footers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->footers != NULL && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ for (f = cont->footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ fputs(f->data, fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* see above in print_unaligned_text() */
+ if (need_recordsep)
+ {
+ if (cont->opt->recordSep.separator_zero)
+ print_separator(cont->opt->recordSep, fout);
+ else
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/********************/
+/* Aligned text */
+/********************/
+
+
+/* draw "line" */
+static void
+_print_horizontal_line(const unsigned int ncolumns, const unsigned int *widths,
+ unsigned short border, printTextRule pos,
+ const printTextFormat *format,
+ FILE *fout)
+{
+ const printTextLineFormat *lformat = &format->lrule[pos];
+ unsigned int i,
+ j;
+
+ if (border == 1)
+ fputs(lformat->hrule, fout);
+ else if (border == 2)
+ fprintf(fout, "%s%s", lformat->leftvrule, lformat->hrule);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < widths[i]; j++)
+ fputs(lformat->hrule, fout);
+
+ if (i < ncolumns - 1)
+ {
+ if (border == 0)
+ fputc(' ', fout);
+ else
+ fprintf(fout, "%s%s%s", lformat->hrule,
+ lformat->midvrule, lformat->hrule);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (border == 2)
+ fprintf(fout, "%s%s", lformat->hrule, lformat->rightvrule);
+ else if (border == 1)
+ fputs(lformat->hrule, fout);
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Print pretty boxes around cells.
+ */
+static void
+print_aligned_text(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout, bool is_pager)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ int encoding = cont->opt->encoding;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ const printTextFormat *format = get_line_style(cont->opt);
+ const printTextLineFormat *dformat = &format->lrule[PRINT_RULE_DATA];
+
+ unsigned int col_count = 0,
+ cell_count = 0;
+
+ unsigned int i,
+ j;
+
+ unsigned int *width_header,
+ *max_width,
+ *width_wrap,
+ *width_average;
+ unsigned int *max_nl_lines, /* value split by newlines */
+ *curr_nl_line,
+ *max_bytes;
+ unsigned char **format_buf;
+ unsigned int width_total;
+ unsigned int total_header_width;
+ unsigned int extra_row_output_lines = 0;
+ unsigned int extra_output_lines = 0;
+
+ const char *const *ptr;
+
+ struct lineptr **col_lineptrs; /* pointers to line pointer per column */
+
+ bool *header_done; /* Have all header lines been output? */
+ int *bytes_output; /* Bytes output for column value */
+ printTextLineWrap *wrap; /* Wrap status for each column */
+ int output_columns = 0; /* Width of interactive console */
+ bool is_local_pager = false;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (opt_border > 2)
+ opt_border = 2;
+
+ if (cont->ncolumns > 0)
+ {
+ col_count = cont->ncolumns;
+ width_header = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*width_header));
+ width_average = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*width_average));
+ max_width = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*max_width));
+ width_wrap = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*width_wrap));
+ max_nl_lines = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*max_nl_lines));
+ curr_nl_line = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*curr_nl_line));
+ col_lineptrs = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*col_lineptrs));
+ max_bytes = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*max_bytes));
+ format_buf = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*format_buf));
+ header_done = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*header_done));
+ bytes_output = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*bytes_output));
+ wrap = pg_malloc0(col_count * sizeof(*wrap));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ width_header = NULL;
+ width_average = NULL;
+ max_width = NULL;
+ width_wrap = NULL;
+ max_nl_lines = NULL;
+ curr_nl_line = NULL;
+ col_lineptrs = NULL;
+ max_bytes = NULL;
+ format_buf = NULL;
+ header_done = NULL;
+ bytes_output = NULL;
+ wrap = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* scan all column headers, find maximum width and max max_nl_lines */
+ for (i = 0; i < col_count; i++)
+ {
+ int width,
+ nl_lines,
+ bytes_required;
+
+ pg_wcssize((const unsigned char *) cont->headers[i], strlen(cont->headers[i]),
+ encoding, &width, &nl_lines, &bytes_required);
+ if (width > max_width[i])
+ max_width[i] = width;
+ if (nl_lines > max_nl_lines[i])
+ max_nl_lines[i] = nl_lines;
+ if (bytes_required > max_bytes[i])
+ max_bytes[i] = bytes_required;
+ if (nl_lines > extra_row_output_lines)
+ extra_row_output_lines = nl_lines;
+
+ width_header[i] = width;
+ }
+ /* Add height of tallest header column */
+ extra_output_lines += extra_row_output_lines;
+ extra_row_output_lines = 0;
+
+ /* scan all cells, find maximum width, compute cell_count */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; ptr++, i++, cell_count++)
+ {
+ int width,
+ nl_lines,
+ bytes_required;
+
+ pg_wcssize((const unsigned char *) *ptr, strlen(*ptr), encoding,
+ &width, &nl_lines, &bytes_required);
+
+ if (width > max_width[i % col_count])
+ max_width[i % col_count] = width;
+ if (nl_lines > max_nl_lines[i % col_count])
+ max_nl_lines[i % col_count] = nl_lines;
+ if (bytes_required > max_bytes[i % col_count])
+ max_bytes[i % col_count] = bytes_required;
+
+ width_average[i % col_count] += width;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have rows, compute average */
+ if (col_count != 0 && cell_count != 0)
+ {
+ int rows = cell_count / col_count;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < col_count; i++)
+ width_average[i] /= rows;
+ }
+
+ /* adjust the total display width based on border style */
+ if (opt_border == 0)
+ width_total = col_count;
+ else if (opt_border == 1)
+ width_total = col_count * 3 - ((col_count > 0) ? 1 : 0);
+ else
+ width_total = col_count * 3 + 1;
+ total_header_width = width_total;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < col_count; i++)
+ {
+ width_total += max_width[i];
+ total_header_width += width_header[i];
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * At this point: max_width[] contains the max width of each column,
+ * max_nl_lines[] contains the max number of lines in each column,
+ * max_bytes[] contains the maximum storage space for formatting strings,
+ * width_total contains the giant width sum. Now we allocate some memory
+ * for line pointers.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < col_count; i++)
+ {
+ /* Add entry for ptr == NULL array termination */
+ col_lineptrs[i] = pg_malloc0((max_nl_lines[i] + 1) *
+ sizeof(**col_lineptrs));
+
+ format_buf[i] = pg_malloc(max_bytes[i] + 1);
+
+ col_lineptrs[i]->ptr = format_buf[i];
+ }
+
+ /* Default word wrap to the full width, i.e. no word wrap */
+ for (i = 0; i < col_count; i++)
+ width_wrap[i] = max_width[i];
+
+ /*
+ * Choose target output width: \pset columns, or $COLUMNS, or ioctl
+ */
+ if (cont->opt->columns > 0)
+ output_columns = cont->opt->columns;
+ else if ((fout == stdout && isatty(fileno(stdout))) || is_pager)
+ {
+ if (cont->opt->env_columns > 0)
+ output_columns = cont->opt->env_columns;
+#ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
+ else
+ {
+ struct winsize screen_size;
+
+ if (ioctl(fileno(stdout), TIOCGWINSZ, &screen_size) != -1)
+ output_columns = screen_size.ws_col;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->format == PRINT_WRAPPED)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Optional optimized word wrap. Shrink columns with a high max/avg
+ * ratio. Slightly bias against wider columns. (Increases chance a
+ * narrow column will fit in its cell.) If available columns is
+ * positive... and greater than the width of the unshrinkable column
+ * headers
+ */
+ if (output_columns > 0 && output_columns >= total_header_width)
+ {
+ /* While there is still excess width... */
+ while (width_total > output_columns)
+ {
+ double max_ratio = 0;
+ int worst_col = -1;
+
+ /*
+ * Find column that has the highest ratio of its maximum width
+ * compared to its average width. This tells us which column
+ * will produce the fewest wrapped values if shortened.
+ * width_wrap starts as equal to max_width.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < col_count; i++)
+ {
+ if (width_average[i] && width_wrap[i] > width_header[i])
+ {
+ /* Penalize wide columns by 1% of their width */
+ double ratio;
+
+ ratio = (double) width_wrap[i] / width_average[i] +
+ max_width[i] * 0.01;
+ if (ratio > max_ratio)
+ {
+ max_ratio = ratio;
+ worst_col = i;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Exit loop if we can't squeeze any more. */
+ if (worst_col == -1)
+ break;
+
+ /* Decrease width of target column by one. */
+ width_wrap[worst_col]--;
+ width_total--;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If in expanded auto mode, we have now calculated the expected width, so
+ * we can now escape to vertical mode if necessary. If the output has
+ * only one column, the expanded format would be wider than the regular
+ * format, so don't use it in that case.
+ */
+ if (cont->opt->expanded == 2 && output_columns > 0 && cont->ncolumns > 1 &&
+ (output_columns < total_header_width || output_columns < width_total))
+ {
+ print_aligned_vertical(cont, fout, is_pager);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+
+ /* If we wrapped beyond the display width, use the pager */
+ if (!is_pager && fout == stdout && output_columns > 0 &&
+ (output_columns < total_header_width || output_columns < width_total))
+ {
+ fout = PageOutput(INT_MAX, cont->opt); /* force pager */
+ is_pager = is_local_pager = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if newlines or our wrapping now need the pager */
+ if (!is_pager && fout == stdout)
+ {
+ /* scan all cells, find maximum width, compute cell_count */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; ptr++, cell_count++)
+ {
+ int width,
+ nl_lines,
+ bytes_required;
+
+ pg_wcssize((const unsigned char *) *ptr, strlen(*ptr), encoding,
+ &width, &nl_lines, &bytes_required);
+
+ /*
+ * A row can have both wrapping and newlines that cause it to
+ * display across multiple lines. We check for both cases below.
+ */
+ if (width > 0 && width_wrap[i])
+ {
+ unsigned int extra_lines;
+
+ /* don't count the first line of nl_lines - it's not "extra" */
+ extra_lines = ((width - 1) / width_wrap[i]) + nl_lines - 1;
+ if (extra_lines > extra_row_output_lines)
+ extra_row_output_lines = extra_lines;
+ }
+
+ /* i is the current column number: increment with wrap */
+ if (++i >= col_count)
+ {
+ i = 0;
+ /* At last column of each row, add tallest column height */
+ extra_output_lines += extra_row_output_lines;
+ extra_row_output_lines = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ IsPagerNeeded(cont, extra_output_lines, false, &fout, &is_pager);
+ is_local_pager = is_pager;
+ }
+
+ /* time to output */
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print title */
+ if (cont->title && !opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ int width,
+ height;
+
+ pg_wcssize((const unsigned char *) cont->title, strlen(cont->title),
+ encoding, &width, &height, NULL);
+ if (width >= width_total)
+ /* Aligned */
+ fprintf(fout, "%s\n", cont->title);
+ else
+ /* Centered */
+ fprintf(fout, "%-*s%s\n", (width_total - width) / 2, "",
+ cont->title);
+ }
+
+ /* print headers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ int more_col_wrapping;
+ int curr_nl_line;
+
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ _print_horizontal_line(col_count, width_wrap, opt_border,
+ PRINT_RULE_TOP, format, fout);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < col_count; i++)
+ pg_wcsformat((const unsigned char *) cont->headers[i],
+ strlen(cont->headers[i]), encoding,
+ col_lineptrs[i], max_nl_lines[i]);
+
+ more_col_wrapping = col_count;
+ curr_nl_line = 0;
+ if (col_count > 0)
+ memset(header_done, false, col_count * sizeof(bool));
+ while (more_col_wrapping)
+ {
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs(dformat->leftvrule, fout);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < cont->ncolumns; i++)
+ {
+ struct lineptr *this_line = col_lineptrs[i] + curr_nl_line;
+ unsigned int nbspace;
+
+ if (opt_border != 0 ||
+ (!format->wrap_right_border && i > 0))
+ fputs(curr_nl_line ? format->header_nl_left : " ",
+ fout);
+
+ if (!header_done[i])
+ {
+ nbspace = width_wrap[i] - this_line->width;
+
+ /* centered */
+ fprintf(fout, "%-*s%s%-*s",
+ nbspace / 2, "", this_line->ptr, (nbspace + 1) / 2, "");
+
+ if (!(this_line + 1)->ptr)
+ {
+ more_col_wrapping--;
+ header_done[i] = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s", width_wrap[i], "");
+
+ if (opt_border != 0 || format->wrap_right_border)
+ fputs(!header_done[i] ? format->header_nl_right : " ",
+ fout);
+
+ if (opt_border != 0 && col_count > 0 && i < col_count - 1)
+ fputs(dformat->midvrule, fout);
+ }
+ curr_nl_line++;
+
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs(dformat->rightvrule, fout);
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+
+ _print_horizontal_line(col_count, width_wrap, opt_border,
+ PRINT_RULE_MIDDLE, format, fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* print cells, one loop per row */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i += col_count, ptr += col_count)
+ {
+ bool more_lines;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * Format each cell.
+ */
+ for (j = 0; j < col_count; j++)
+ {
+ pg_wcsformat((const unsigned char *) ptr[j], strlen(ptr[j]), encoding,
+ col_lineptrs[j], max_nl_lines[j]);
+ curr_nl_line[j] = 0;
+ }
+
+ memset(bytes_output, 0, col_count * sizeof(int));
+
+ /*
+ * Each time through this loop, one display line is output. It can
+ * either be a full value or a partial value if embedded newlines
+ * exist or if 'format=wrapping' mode is enabled.
+ */
+ do
+ {
+ more_lines = false;
+
+ /* left border */
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs(dformat->leftvrule, fout);
+
+ /* for each column */
+ for (j = 0; j < col_count; j++)
+ {
+ /* We have a valid array element, so index it */
+ struct lineptr *this_line = &col_lineptrs[j][curr_nl_line[j]];
+ int bytes_to_output;
+ int chars_to_output = width_wrap[j];
+ bool finalspaces = (opt_border == 2 ||
+ (col_count > 0 && j < col_count - 1));
+
+ /* Print left-hand wrap or newline mark */
+ if (opt_border != 0)
+ {
+ if (wrap[j] == PRINT_LINE_WRAP_WRAP)
+ fputs(format->wrap_left, fout);
+ else if (wrap[j] == PRINT_LINE_WRAP_NEWLINE)
+ fputs(format->nl_left, fout);
+ else
+ fputc(' ', fout);
+ }
+
+ if (!this_line->ptr)
+ {
+ /* Past newline lines so just pad for other columns */
+ if (finalspaces)
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s", chars_to_output, "");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get strlen() of the characters up to width_wrap */
+ bytes_to_output =
+ strlen_max_width(this_line->ptr + bytes_output[j],
+ &chars_to_output, encoding);
+
+ /*
+ * If we exceeded width_wrap, it means the display width
+ * of a single character was wider than our target width.
+ * In that case, we have to pretend we are only printing
+ * the target display width and make the best of it.
+ */
+ if (chars_to_output > width_wrap[j])
+ chars_to_output = width_wrap[j];
+
+ if (cont->aligns[j] == 'r') /* Right aligned cell */
+ {
+ /* spaces first */
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s", width_wrap[j] - chars_to_output, "");
+ fwrite((char *) (this_line->ptr + bytes_output[j]),
+ 1, bytes_to_output, fout);
+ }
+ else /* Left aligned cell */
+ {
+ /* spaces second */
+ fwrite((char *) (this_line->ptr + bytes_output[j]),
+ 1, bytes_to_output, fout);
+ }
+
+ bytes_output[j] += bytes_to_output;
+
+ /* Do we have more text to wrap? */
+ if (*(this_line->ptr + bytes_output[j]) != '\0')
+ more_lines = true;
+ else
+ {
+ /* Advance to next newline line */
+ curr_nl_line[j]++;
+ if (col_lineptrs[j][curr_nl_line[j]].ptr != NULL)
+ more_lines = true;
+ bytes_output[j] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Determine next line's wrap status for this column */
+ wrap[j] = PRINT_LINE_WRAP_NONE;
+ if (col_lineptrs[j][curr_nl_line[j]].ptr != NULL)
+ {
+ if (bytes_output[j] != 0)
+ wrap[j] = PRINT_LINE_WRAP_WRAP;
+ else if (curr_nl_line[j] != 0)
+ wrap[j] = PRINT_LINE_WRAP_NEWLINE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If left-aligned, pad out remaining space if needed (not
+ * last column, and/or wrap marks required).
+ */
+ if (cont->aligns[j] != 'r') /* Left aligned cell */
+ {
+ if (finalspaces ||
+ wrap[j] == PRINT_LINE_WRAP_WRAP ||
+ wrap[j] == PRINT_LINE_WRAP_NEWLINE)
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s",
+ width_wrap[j] - chars_to_output, "");
+ }
+
+ /* Print right-hand wrap or newline mark */
+ if (wrap[j] == PRINT_LINE_WRAP_WRAP)
+ fputs(format->wrap_right, fout);
+ else if (wrap[j] == PRINT_LINE_WRAP_NEWLINE)
+ fputs(format->nl_right, fout);
+ else if (opt_border == 2 || (col_count > 0 && j < col_count - 1))
+ fputc(' ', fout);
+
+ /* Print column divider, if not the last column */
+ if (opt_border != 0 && (col_count > 0 && j < col_count - 1))
+ {
+ if (wrap[j + 1] == PRINT_LINE_WRAP_WRAP)
+ fputs(format->midvrule_wrap, fout);
+ else if (wrap[j + 1] == PRINT_LINE_WRAP_NEWLINE)
+ fputs(format->midvrule_nl, fout);
+ else if (col_lineptrs[j + 1][curr_nl_line[j + 1]].ptr == NULL)
+ fputs(format->midvrule_blank, fout);
+ else
+ fputs(dformat->midvrule, fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* end-of-row border */
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs(dformat->rightvrule, fout);
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ } while (more_lines);
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *footers = footers_with_default(cont);
+
+ if (opt_border == 2 && !cancel_pressed)
+ _print_horizontal_line(col_count, width_wrap, opt_border,
+ PRINT_RULE_BOTTOM, format, fout);
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (footers && !opt_tuples_only && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ for (f = footers; f; f = f->next)
+ fprintf(fout, "%s\n", f->data);
+ }
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+
+cleanup:
+ /* clean up */
+ for (i = 0; i < col_count; i++)
+ {
+ free(col_lineptrs[i]);
+ free(format_buf[i]);
+ }
+ free(width_header);
+ free(width_average);
+ free(max_width);
+ free(width_wrap);
+ free(max_nl_lines);
+ free(curr_nl_line);
+ free(col_lineptrs);
+ free(max_bytes);
+ free(format_buf);
+ free(header_done);
+ free(bytes_output);
+ free(wrap);
+
+ if (is_local_pager)
+ ClosePager(fout);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_aligned_vertical_line(const printTextFormat *format,
+ const unsigned short opt_border,
+ unsigned long record,
+ unsigned int hwidth,
+ unsigned int dwidth,
+ printTextRule pos,
+ FILE *fout)
+{
+ const printTextLineFormat *lformat = &format->lrule[pos];
+ unsigned int i;
+ int reclen = 0;
+
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fprintf(fout, "%s%s", lformat->leftvrule, lformat->hrule);
+ else if (opt_border == 1)
+ fputs(lformat->hrule, fout);
+
+ if (record)
+ {
+ if (opt_border == 0)
+ reclen = fprintf(fout, "* Record %lu", record);
+ else
+ reclen = fprintf(fout, "[ RECORD %lu ]", record);
+ }
+ if (opt_border != 2)
+ reclen++;
+ if (reclen < 0)
+ reclen = 0;
+ for (i = reclen; i < hwidth; i++)
+ fputs(opt_border > 0 ? lformat->hrule : " ", fout);
+ reclen -= hwidth;
+
+ if (opt_border > 0)
+ {
+ if (reclen-- <= 0)
+ fputs(lformat->hrule, fout);
+ if (reclen-- <= 0)
+ fputs(lformat->midvrule, fout);
+ if (reclen-- <= 0)
+ fputs(lformat->hrule, fout);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (reclen-- <= 0)
+ fputc(' ', fout);
+ }
+ if (reclen < 0)
+ reclen = 0;
+ for (i = reclen; i < dwidth; i++)
+ fputs(opt_border > 0 ? lformat->hrule : " ", fout);
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fprintf(fout, "%s%s", lformat->hrule, lformat->rightvrule);
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+}
+
+static void
+print_aligned_vertical(const printTableContent *cont,
+ FILE *fout, bool is_pager)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ const printTextFormat *format = get_line_style(cont->opt);
+ const printTextLineFormat *dformat = &format->lrule[PRINT_RULE_DATA];
+ int encoding = cont->opt->encoding;
+ unsigned long record = cont->opt->prior_records + 1;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+ unsigned int i,
+ hwidth = 0,
+ dwidth = 0,
+ hheight = 1,
+ dheight = 1,
+ hformatsize = 0,
+ dformatsize = 0;
+ struct lineptr *hlineptr,
+ *dlineptr;
+ bool is_local_pager = false,
+ hmultiline = false,
+ dmultiline = false;
+ int output_columns = 0; /* Width of interactive console */
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (opt_border > 2)
+ opt_border = 2;
+
+ if (cont->cells[0] == NULL && cont->opt->start_table &&
+ cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *footers = footers_with_default(cont);
+
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && !cancel_pressed && footers)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ for (f = footers; f; f = f->next)
+ fprintf(fout, "%s\n", f->data);
+ }
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Deal with the pager here instead of in printTable(), because we could
+ * get here via print_aligned_text() in expanded auto mode, and so we have
+ * to recalculate the pager requirement based on vertical output.
+ */
+ if (!is_pager)
+ {
+ IsPagerNeeded(cont, 0, true, &fout, &is_pager);
+ is_local_pager = is_pager;
+ }
+
+ /* Find the maximum dimensions for the headers */
+ for (i = 0; i < cont->ncolumns; i++)
+ {
+ int width,
+ height,
+ fs;
+
+ pg_wcssize((const unsigned char *) cont->headers[i], strlen(cont->headers[i]),
+ encoding, &width, &height, &fs);
+ if (width > hwidth)
+ hwidth = width;
+ if (height > hheight)
+ {
+ hheight = height;
+ hmultiline = true;
+ }
+ if (fs > hformatsize)
+ hformatsize = fs;
+ }
+
+ /* find longest data cell */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; ptr++, i++)
+ {
+ int width,
+ height,
+ fs;
+
+ pg_wcssize((const unsigned char *) *ptr, strlen(*ptr), encoding,
+ &width, &height, &fs);
+ if (width > dwidth)
+ dwidth = width;
+ if (height > dheight)
+ {
+ dheight = height;
+ dmultiline = true;
+ }
+ if (fs > dformatsize)
+ dformatsize = fs;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We now have all the information we need to setup the formatting
+ * structures
+ */
+ dlineptr = pg_malloc((sizeof(*dlineptr)) * (dheight + 1));
+ hlineptr = pg_malloc((sizeof(*hlineptr)) * (hheight + 1));
+
+ dlineptr->ptr = pg_malloc(dformatsize);
+ hlineptr->ptr = pg_malloc(hformatsize);
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ fprintf(fout, "%s\n", cont->title);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Choose target output width: \pset columns, or $COLUMNS, or ioctl
+ */
+ if (cont->opt->columns > 0)
+ output_columns = cont->opt->columns;
+ else if ((fout == stdout && isatty(fileno(stdout))) || is_pager)
+ {
+ if (cont->opt->env_columns > 0)
+ output_columns = cont->opt->env_columns;
+#ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
+ else
+ {
+ struct winsize screen_size;
+
+ if (ioctl(fileno(stdout), TIOCGWINSZ, &screen_size) != -1)
+ output_columns = screen_size.ws_col;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Calculate available width for data in wrapped mode
+ */
+ if (cont->opt->format == PRINT_WRAPPED)
+ {
+ unsigned int swidth,
+ rwidth = 0,
+ newdwidth;
+
+ if (opt_border == 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * For border = 0, one space in the middle. (If we discover we
+ * need to wrap, the spacer column will be replaced by a wrap
+ * marker, and we'll make room below for another wrap marker at
+ * the end of the line. But for now, assume no wrap is needed.)
+ */
+ swidth = 1;
+
+ /* We might need a column for header newline markers, too */
+ if (hmultiline)
+ swidth++;
+ }
+ else if (opt_border == 1)
+ {
+ /*
+ * For border = 1, two spaces and a vrule in the middle. (As
+ * above, we might need one more column for a wrap marker.)
+ */
+ swidth = 3;
+
+ /* We might need a column for left header newline markers, too */
+ if (hmultiline && (format == &pg_asciiformat_old))
+ swidth++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * For border = 2, two more for the vrules at the beginning and
+ * end of the lines, plus spacer columns adjacent to these. (We
+ * won't need extra columns for wrap/newline markers, we'll just
+ * repurpose the spacers.)
+ */
+ swidth = 7;
+ }
+
+ /* Reserve a column for data newline indicators, too, if needed */
+ if (dmultiline &&
+ opt_border < 2 && format != &pg_asciiformat_old)
+ swidth++;
+
+ /* Determine width required for record header lines */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ if (cont->nrows > 0)
+ rwidth = 1 + (int) log10(cont->nrows);
+ if (opt_border == 0)
+ rwidth += 9; /* "* RECORD " */
+ else if (opt_border == 1)
+ rwidth += 12; /* "-[ RECORD ]" */
+ else
+ rwidth += 15; /* "+-[ RECORD ]-+" */
+ }
+
+ /* We might need to do the rest of the calculation twice */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ unsigned int width;
+
+ /* Total width required to not wrap data */
+ width = hwidth + swidth + dwidth;
+ /* ... and not the header lines, either */
+ if (width < rwidth)
+ width = rwidth;
+
+ if (output_columns > 0)
+ {
+ unsigned int min_width;
+
+ /* Minimum acceptable width: room for just 3 columns of data */
+ min_width = hwidth + swidth + 3;
+ /* ... but not less than what the record header lines need */
+ if (min_width < rwidth)
+ min_width = rwidth;
+
+ if (output_columns >= width)
+ {
+ /* Plenty of room, use native data width */
+ /* (but at least enough for the record header lines) */
+ newdwidth = width - hwidth - swidth;
+ }
+ else if (output_columns < min_width)
+ {
+ /* Set data width to match min_width */
+ newdwidth = min_width - hwidth - swidth;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Set data width to match output_columns */
+ newdwidth = output_columns - hwidth - swidth;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Don't know the wrap limit, so use native data width */
+ /* (but at least enough for the record header lines) */
+ newdwidth = width - hwidth - swidth;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we will need to wrap data and didn't already allocate a data
+ * newline/wrap marker column, do so and recompute.
+ */
+ if (newdwidth < dwidth && !dmultiline &&
+ opt_border < 2 && format != &pg_asciiformat_old)
+ {
+ dmultiline = true;
+ swidth++;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ dwidth = newdwidth;
+ }
+
+ /* print records */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ printTextRule pos;
+ int dline,
+ hline,
+ dcomplete,
+ hcomplete,
+ offset,
+ chars_to_output;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+
+ if (i == 0)
+ pos = PRINT_RULE_TOP;
+ else
+ pos = PRINT_RULE_MIDDLE;
+
+ /* Print record header (e.g. "[ RECORD N ]") above each record */
+ if (i % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ unsigned int lhwidth = hwidth;
+
+ if ((opt_border < 2) &&
+ (hmultiline) &&
+ (format == &pg_asciiformat_old))
+ lhwidth++; /* for newline indicators */
+
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ print_aligned_vertical_line(format, opt_border, record++,
+ lhwidth, dwidth, pos, fout);
+ else if (i != 0 || !cont->opt->start_table || opt_border == 2)
+ print_aligned_vertical_line(format, opt_border, 0, lhwidth,
+ dwidth, pos, fout);
+ }
+
+ /* Format the header */
+ pg_wcsformat((const unsigned char *) cont->headers[i % cont->ncolumns],
+ strlen(cont->headers[i % cont->ncolumns]),
+ encoding, hlineptr, hheight);
+ /* Format the data */
+ pg_wcsformat((const unsigned char *) *ptr, strlen(*ptr), encoding,
+ dlineptr, dheight);
+
+ /*
+ * Loop through header and data in parallel dealing with newlines and
+ * wrapped lines until they're both exhausted
+ */
+ dline = hline = 0;
+ dcomplete = hcomplete = 0;
+ offset = 0;
+ chars_to_output = dlineptr[dline].width;
+ while (!dcomplete || !hcomplete)
+ {
+ /* Left border */
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fprintf(fout, "%s", dformat->leftvrule);
+
+ /* Header (never wrapped so just need to deal with newlines) */
+ if (!hcomplete)
+ {
+ int swidth = hwidth,
+ target_width = hwidth;
+
+ /*
+ * Left spacer or new line indicator
+ */
+ if ((opt_border == 2) ||
+ (hmultiline && (format == &pg_asciiformat_old)))
+ fputs(hline ? format->header_nl_left : " ", fout);
+
+ /*
+ * Header text
+ */
+ strlen_max_width(hlineptr[hline].ptr, &target_width,
+ encoding);
+ fprintf(fout, "%-s", hlineptr[hline].ptr);
+
+ /*
+ * Spacer
+ */
+ swidth -= target_width;
+ if (swidth > 0)
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s", swidth, " ");
+
+ /*
+ * New line indicator or separator's space
+ */
+ if (hlineptr[hline + 1].ptr)
+ {
+ /* More lines after this one due to a newline */
+ if ((opt_border > 0) ||
+ (hmultiline && (format != &pg_asciiformat_old)))
+ fputs(format->header_nl_right, fout);
+ hline++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This was the last line of the header */
+ if ((opt_border > 0) ||
+ (hmultiline && (format != &pg_asciiformat_old)))
+ fputs(" ", fout);
+ hcomplete = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned int swidth = hwidth + opt_border;
+
+ if ((opt_border < 2) &&
+ (hmultiline) &&
+ (format == &pg_asciiformat_old))
+ swidth++;
+
+ if ((opt_border == 0) &&
+ (format != &pg_asciiformat_old) &&
+ (hmultiline))
+ swidth++;
+
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s", swidth, " ");
+ }
+
+ /* Separator */
+ if (opt_border > 0)
+ {
+ if (offset)
+ fputs(format->midvrule_wrap, fout);
+ else if (dline == 0)
+ fputs(dformat->midvrule, fout);
+ else
+ fputs(format->midvrule_nl, fout);
+ }
+
+ /* Data */
+ if (!dcomplete)
+ {
+ int target_width = dwidth,
+ bytes_to_output,
+ swidth = dwidth;
+
+ /*
+ * Left spacer or wrap indicator
+ */
+ fputs(offset == 0 ? " " : format->wrap_left, fout);
+
+ /*
+ * Data text
+ */
+ bytes_to_output = strlen_max_width(dlineptr[dline].ptr + offset,
+ &target_width, encoding);
+ fwrite((char *) (dlineptr[dline].ptr + offset),
+ 1, bytes_to_output, fout);
+
+ chars_to_output -= target_width;
+ offset += bytes_to_output;
+
+ /* Spacer */
+ swidth -= target_width;
+
+ if (chars_to_output)
+ {
+ /* continuing a wrapped column */
+ if ((opt_border > 1) ||
+ (dmultiline && (format != &pg_asciiformat_old)))
+ {
+ if (swidth > 0)
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s", swidth, " ");
+ fputs(format->wrap_right, fout);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (dlineptr[dline + 1].ptr)
+ {
+ /* reached a newline in the column */
+ if ((opt_border > 1) ||
+ (dmultiline && (format != &pg_asciiformat_old)))
+ {
+ if (swidth > 0)
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s", swidth, " ");
+ fputs(format->nl_right, fout);
+ }
+ dline++;
+ offset = 0;
+ chars_to_output = dlineptr[dline].width;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* reached the end of the cell */
+ if (opt_border > 1)
+ {
+ if (swidth > 0)
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s", swidth, " ");
+ fputs(" ", fout);
+ }
+ dcomplete = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Right border */
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs(dformat->rightvrule, fout);
+
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * data exhausted (this can occur if header is longer than the
+ * data due to newlines in the header)
+ */
+ if (opt_border < 2)
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+ else
+ fprintf(fout, "%*s %s\n", dwidth, "", dformat->rightvrule);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ if (opt_border == 2 && !cancel_pressed)
+ print_aligned_vertical_line(format, opt_border, 0, hwidth, dwidth,
+ PRINT_RULE_BOTTOM, fout);
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->footers != NULL && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ if (opt_border < 2)
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ for (f = cont->footers; f; f = f->next)
+ fprintf(fout, "%s\n", f->data);
+ }
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+
+ free(hlineptr->ptr);
+ free(dlineptr->ptr);
+ free(hlineptr);
+ free(dlineptr);
+
+ if (is_local_pager)
+ ClosePager(fout);
+}
+
+
+/**********************/
+/* CSV format */
+/**********************/
+
+
+static void
+csv_escaped_print(const char *str, FILE *fout)
+{
+ const char *p;
+
+ fputc('"', fout);
+ for (p = str; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == '"')
+ fputc('"', fout); /* double quotes are doubled */
+ fputc(*p, fout);
+ }
+ fputc('"', fout);
+}
+
+static void
+csv_print_field(const char *str, FILE *fout, char sep)
+{
+ /*----------------
+ * Enclose and escape field contents when one of these conditions is met:
+ * - the field separator is found in the contents.
+ * - the field contains a CR or LF.
+ * - the field contains a double quote.
+ * - the field is exactly "\.".
+ * - the field separator is either "\" or ".".
+ * The last two cases prevent producing a line that the server's COPY
+ * command would interpret as an end-of-data marker. We only really
+ * need to ensure that the complete line isn't exactly "\.", but for
+ * simplicity we apply stronger restrictions here.
+ *----------------
+ */
+ if (strchr(str, sep) != NULL ||
+ strcspn(str, "\r\n\"") != strlen(str) ||
+ strcmp(str, "\\.") == 0 ||
+ sep == '\\' || sep == '.')
+ csv_escaped_print(str, fout);
+ else
+ fputs(str, fout);
+}
+
+static void
+print_csv_text(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ const char *const *ptr;
+ int i;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ /*
+ * The title and footer are never printed in csv format. The header is
+ * printed if opt_tuples_only is false.
+ *
+ * Despite RFC 4180 saying that end of lines are CRLF, terminate lines
+ * with '\n', which prints out as the system-dependent EOL string in text
+ * mode (typically LF on Unix and CRLF on Windows).
+ */
+ if (cont->opt->start_table && !cont->opt->tuples_only)
+ {
+ /* print headers */
+ for (ptr = cont->headers; *ptr; ptr++)
+ {
+ if (ptr != cont->headers)
+ fputc(cont->opt->csvFieldSep[0], fout);
+ csv_print_field(*ptr, fout, cont->opt->csvFieldSep[0]);
+ }
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+
+ /* print cells */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ csv_print_field(*ptr, fout, cont->opt->csvFieldSep[0]);
+ if ((i + 1) % cont->ncolumns)
+ fputc(cont->opt->csvFieldSep[0], fout);
+ else
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_csv_vertical(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ const char *const *ptr;
+ int i;
+
+ /* print records */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ /* print name of column */
+ csv_print_field(cont->headers[i % cont->ncolumns], fout,
+ cont->opt->csvFieldSep[0]);
+
+ /* print field separator */
+ fputc(cont->opt->csvFieldSep[0], fout);
+
+ /* print field value */
+ csv_print_field(*ptr, fout, cont->opt->csvFieldSep[0]);
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**********************/
+/* HTML */
+/**********************/
+
+
+void
+html_escaped_print(const char *in, FILE *fout)
+{
+ const char *p;
+ bool leading_space = true;
+
+ for (p = in; *p; p++)
+ {
+ switch (*p)
+ {
+ case '&':
+ fputs("&amp;", fout);
+ break;
+ case '<':
+ fputs("&lt;", fout);
+ break;
+ case '>':
+ fputs("&gt;", fout);
+ break;
+ case '\n':
+ fputs("<br />\n", fout);
+ break;
+ case '"':
+ fputs("&quot;", fout);
+ break;
+ case ' ':
+ /* protect leading space, for EXPLAIN output */
+ if (leading_space)
+ fputs("&nbsp;", fout);
+ else
+ fputs(" ", fout);
+ break;
+ default:
+ fputc(*p, fout);
+ }
+ if (*p != ' ')
+ leading_space = false;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_html_text(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ const char *opt_table_attr = cont->opt->tableAttr;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ fprintf(fout, "<table border=\"%d\"", opt_border);
+ if (opt_table_attr)
+ fprintf(fout, " %s", opt_table_attr);
+ fputs(">\n", fout);
+
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs(" <caption>", fout);
+ html_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("</caption>\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ /* print headers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ fputs(" <tr>\n", fout);
+ for (ptr = cont->headers; *ptr; ptr++)
+ {
+ fputs(" <th align=\"center\">", fout);
+ html_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+ fputs("</th>\n", fout);
+ }
+ fputs(" </tr>\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* print cells */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (i % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ fputs(" <tr valign=\"top\">\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ fprintf(fout, " <td align=\"%s\">", cont->aligns[(i) % cont->ncolumns] == 'r' ? "right" : "left");
+ /* is string only whitespace? */
+ if ((*ptr)[strspn(*ptr, " \t")] == '\0')
+ fputs("&nbsp; ", fout);
+ else
+ html_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+
+ fputs("</td>\n", fout);
+
+ if ((i + 1) % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ fputs(" </tr>\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *footers = footers_with_default(cont);
+
+ fputs("</table>\n", fout);
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && footers != NULL && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ fputs("<p>", fout);
+ for (f = footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ html_escaped_print(f->data, fout);
+ fputs("<br />\n", fout);
+ }
+ fputs("</p>", fout);
+ }
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_html_vertical(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ const char *opt_table_attr = cont->opt->tableAttr;
+ unsigned long record = cont->opt->prior_records + 1;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ fprintf(fout, "<table border=\"%d\"", opt_border);
+ if (opt_table_attr)
+ fprintf(fout, " %s", opt_table_attr);
+ fputs(">\n", fout);
+
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs(" <caption>", fout);
+ html_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("</caption>\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* print records */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (i % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ fprintf(fout,
+ "\n <tr><td colspan=\"2\" align=\"center\">Record %lu</td></tr>\n",
+ record++);
+ else
+ fputs("\n <tr><td colspan=\"2\">&nbsp;</td></tr>\n", fout);
+ }
+ fputs(" <tr valign=\"top\">\n"
+ " <th>", fout);
+ html_escaped_print(cont->headers[i % cont->ncolumns], fout);
+ fputs("</th>\n", fout);
+
+ fprintf(fout, " <td align=\"%s\">", cont->aligns[i % cont->ncolumns] == 'r' ? "right" : "left");
+ /* is string only whitespace? */
+ if ((*ptr)[strspn(*ptr, " \t")] == '\0')
+ fputs("&nbsp; ", fout);
+ else
+ html_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+
+ fputs("</td>\n </tr>\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ fputs("</table>\n", fout);
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->footers != NULL && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ fputs("<p>", fout);
+ for (f = cont->footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ html_escaped_print(f->data, fout);
+ fputs("<br />\n", fout);
+ }
+ fputs("</p>", fout);
+ }
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*************************/
+/* ASCIIDOC */
+/*************************/
+
+
+static void
+asciidoc_escaped_print(const char *in, FILE *fout)
+{
+ const char *p;
+
+ for (p = in; *p; p++)
+ {
+ switch (*p)
+ {
+ case '|':
+ fputs("\\|", fout);
+ break;
+ default:
+ fputc(*p, fout);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_asciidoc_text(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print table in new paragraph - enforce preliminary new line */
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs(".", fout);
+ fputs(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ /* print table [] header definition */
+ fprintf(fout, "[%scols=\"", !opt_tuples_only ? "options=\"header\"," : "");
+ for (i = 0; i < cont->ncolumns; i++)
+ {
+ if (i != 0)
+ fputs(",", fout);
+ fprintf(fout, "%s", cont->aligns[(i) % cont->ncolumns] == 'r' ? ">l" : "<l");
+ }
+ fputs("\"", fout);
+ switch (opt_border)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ fputs(",frame=\"none\",grid=\"none\"", fout);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ fputs(",frame=\"none\"", fout);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ fputs(",frame=\"all\",grid=\"all\"", fout);
+ break;
+ }
+ fputs("]\n", fout);
+ fputs("|====\n", fout);
+
+ /* print headers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ for (ptr = cont->headers; *ptr; ptr++)
+ {
+ if (ptr != cont->headers)
+ fputs(" ", fout);
+ fputs("^l|", fout);
+ asciidoc_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+ }
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* print cells */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (i % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (i % cont->ncolumns != 0)
+ fputs(" ", fout);
+ fputs("|", fout);
+
+ /* protect against needless spaces */
+ if ((*ptr)[strspn(*ptr, " \t")] == '\0')
+ {
+ if ((i + 1) % cont->ncolumns != 0)
+ fputs(" ", fout);
+ }
+ else
+ asciidoc_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+
+ if ((i + 1) % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ fputs("|====\n", fout);
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *footers = footers_with_default(cont);
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && footers != NULL && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ fputs("\n....\n", fout);
+ for (f = footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ fputs(f->data, fout);
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+ }
+ fputs("....\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_asciidoc_vertical(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ unsigned long record = cont->opt->prior_records + 1;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print table in new paragraph - enforce preliminary new line */
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs(".", fout);
+ fputs(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ /* print table [] header definition */
+ fputs("[cols=\"h,l\"", fout);
+ switch (opt_border)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ fputs(",frame=\"none\",grid=\"none\"", fout);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ fputs(",frame=\"none\"", fout);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ fputs(",frame=\"all\",grid=\"all\"", fout);
+ break;
+ }
+ fputs("]\n", fout);
+ fputs("|====\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ /* print records */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (i % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ fprintf(fout,
+ "2+^|Record %lu\n",
+ record++);
+ else
+ fputs("2+|\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ fputs("<l|", fout);
+ asciidoc_escaped_print(cont->headers[i % cont->ncolumns], fout);
+
+ fprintf(fout, " %s|", cont->aligns[i % cont->ncolumns] == 'r' ? ">l" : "<l");
+ /* is string only whitespace? */
+ if ((*ptr)[strspn(*ptr, " \t")] == '\0')
+ fputs(" ", fout);
+ else
+ asciidoc_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ fputs("|====\n", fout);
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ /* print footers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->footers != NULL && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ fputs("\n....\n", fout);
+ for (f = cont->footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ fputs(f->data, fout);
+ fputs("\n", fout);
+ }
+ fputs("....\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*************************/
+/* LaTeX */
+/*************************/
+
+
+static void
+latex_escaped_print(const char *in, FILE *fout)
+{
+ const char *p;
+
+ for (p = in; *p; p++)
+ switch (*p)
+ {
+ /*
+ * We convert ASCII characters per the recommendations in
+ * Scott Pakin's "The Comprehensive LATEX Symbol List",
+ * available from CTAN. For non-ASCII, you're on your own.
+ */
+ case '#':
+ fputs("\\#", fout);
+ break;
+ case '$':
+ fputs("\\$", fout);
+ break;
+ case '%':
+ fputs("\\%", fout);
+ break;
+ case '&':
+ fputs("\\&", fout);
+ break;
+ case '<':
+ fputs("\\textless{}", fout);
+ break;
+ case '>':
+ fputs("\\textgreater{}", fout);
+ break;
+ case '\\':
+ fputs("\\textbackslash{}", fout);
+ break;
+ case '^':
+ fputs("\\^{}", fout);
+ break;
+ case '_':
+ fputs("\\_", fout);
+ break;
+ case '{':
+ fputs("\\{", fout);
+ break;
+ case '|':
+ fputs("\\textbar{}", fout);
+ break;
+ case '}':
+ fputs("\\}", fout);
+ break;
+ case '~':
+ fputs("\\~{}", fout);
+ break;
+ case '\n':
+ /* This is not right, but doing it right seems too hard */
+ fputs("\\\\", fout);
+ break;
+ default:
+ fputc(*p, fout);
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_latex_text(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (opt_border > 3)
+ opt_border = 3;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs("\\begin{center}\n", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("\n\\end{center}\n\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ /* begin environment and set alignments and borders */
+ fputs("\\begin{tabular}{", fout);
+
+ if (opt_border >= 2)
+ fputs("| ", fout);
+ for (i = 0; i < cont->ncolumns; i++)
+ {
+ fputc(*(cont->aligns + i), fout);
+ if (opt_border != 0 && i < cont->ncolumns - 1)
+ fputs(" | ", fout);
+ }
+ if (opt_border >= 2)
+ fputs(" |", fout);
+
+ fputs("}\n", fout);
+
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && opt_border >= 2)
+ fputs("\\hline\n", fout);
+
+ /* print headers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->headers; i < cont->ncolumns; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (i != 0)
+ fputs(" & ", fout);
+ fputs("\\textit{", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+ fputc('}', fout);
+ }
+ fputs(" \\\\\n", fout);
+ fputs("\\hline\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* print cells */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ latex_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+
+ if ((i + 1) % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ fputs(" \\\\\n", fout);
+ if (opt_border == 3)
+ fputs("\\hline\n", fout);
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ fputs(" & ", fout);
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *footers = footers_with_default(cont);
+
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs("\\hline\n", fout);
+
+ fputs("\\end{tabular}\n\n\\noindent ", fout);
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (footers && !opt_tuples_only && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ for (f = footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ latex_escaped_print(f->data, fout);
+ fputs(" \\\\\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*************************/
+/* LaTeX longtable */
+/*************************/
+
+
+static void
+print_latex_longtable_text(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *opt_table_attr = cont->opt->tableAttr;
+ const char *next_opt_table_attr_char = opt_table_attr;
+ const char *last_opt_table_attr_char = NULL;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (opt_border > 3)
+ opt_border = 3;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* begin environment and set alignments and borders */
+ fputs("\\begin{longtable}{", fout);
+
+ if (opt_border >= 2)
+ fputs("| ", fout);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < cont->ncolumns; i++)
+ {
+ /* longtable supports either a width (p) or an alignment (l/r) */
+ /* Are we left-justified and was a proportional width specified? */
+ if (*(cont->aligns + i) == 'l' && opt_table_attr)
+ {
+#define LONGTABLE_WHITESPACE " \t\n"
+
+ /* advance over whitespace */
+ next_opt_table_attr_char += strspn(next_opt_table_attr_char,
+ LONGTABLE_WHITESPACE);
+ /* We have a value? */
+ if (next_opt_table_attr_char[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ fputs("p{", fout);
+ fwrite(next_opt_table_attr_char, strcspn(next_opt_table_attr_char,
+ LONGTABLE_WHITESPACE), 1, fout);
+ last_opt_table_attr_char = next_opt_table_attr_char;
+ next_opt_table_attr_char += strcspn(next_opt_table_attr_char,
+ LONGTABLE_WHITESPACE);
+ fputs("\\textwidth}", fout);
+ }
+ /* use previous value */
+ else if (last_opt_table_attr_char != NULL)
+ {
+ fputs("p{", fout);
+ fwrite(last_opt_table_attr_char, strcspn(last_opt_table_attr_char,
+ LONGTABLE_WHITESPACE), 1, fout);
+ fputs("\\textwidth}", fout);
+ }
+ else
+ fputc('l', fout);
+ }
+ else
+ fputc(*(cont->aligns + i), fout);
+
+ if (opt_border != 0 && i < cont->ncolumns - 1)
+ fputs(" | ", fout);
+ }
+
+ if (opt_border >= 2)
+ fputs(" |", fout);
+
+ fputs("}\n", fout);
+
+ /* print headers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ /* firsthead */
+ if (opt_border >= 2)
+ fputs("\\toprule\n", fout);
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->headers; i < cont->ncolumns; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (i != 0)
+ fputs(" & ", fout);
+ fputs("\\small\\textbf{\\textit{", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+ fputs("}}", fout);
+ }
+ fputs(" \\\\\n", fout);
+ fputs("\\midrule\n\\endfirsthead\n", fout);
+
+ /* secondary heads */
+ if (opt_border >= 2)
+ fputs("\\toprule\n", fout);
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->headers; i < cont->ncolumns; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (i != 0)
+ fputs(" & ", fout);
+ fputs("\\small\\textbf{\\textit{", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+ fputs("}}", fout);
+ }
+ fputs(" \\\\\n", fout);
+ /* If the line under the row already appeared, don't do another */
+ if (opt_border != 3)
+ fputs("\\midrule\n", fout);
+ fputs("\\endhead\n", fout);
+
+ /* table name, caption? */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ /* Don't output if we are printing a line under each row */
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs("\\bottomrule\n", fout);
+ fputs("\\caption[", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs(" (Continued)]{", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("}\n\\endfoot\n", fout);
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs("\\bottomrule\n", fout);
+ fputs("\\caption[", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("]{", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("}\n\\endlastfoot\n", fout);
+ }
+ /* output bottom table line? */
+ else if (opt_border >= 2)
+ {
+ fputs("\\bottomrule\n\\endfoot\n", fout);
+ fputs("\\bottomrule\n\\endlastfoot\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* print cells */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ /* Add a line under each row? */
+ if (i != 0 && i % cont->ncolumns != 0)
+ fputs("\n&\n", fout);
+ fputs("\\raggedright{", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+ fputc('}', fout);
+ if ((i + 1) % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ fputs(" \\tabularnewline\n", fout);
+ if (opt_border == 3)
+ fputs(" \\hline\n", fout);
+ }
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ fputs("\\end{longtable}\n", fout);
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_latex_vertical(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ unsigned long record = cont->opt->prior_records + 1;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (opt_border > 2)
+ opt_border = 2;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs("\\begin{center}\n", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("\n\\end{center}\n\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ /* begin environment and set alignments and borders */
+ fputs("\\begin{tabular}{", fout);
+ if (opt_border == 0)
+ fputs("cl", fout);
+ else if (opt_border == 1)
+ fputs("c|l", fout);
+ else if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs("|c|l|", fout);
+ fputs("}\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ /* print records */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ /* new record */
+ if (i % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ {
+ fputs("\\hline\n", fout);
+ fprintf(fout, "\\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{\\textit{Record %lu}} \\\\\n", record++);
+ }
+ else
+ fprintf(fout, "\\multicolumn{2}{c}{\\textit{Record %lu}} \\\\\n", record++);
+ }
+ if (opt_border >= 1)
+ fputs("\\hline\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ latex_escaped_print(cont->headers[i % cont->ncolumns], fout);
+ fputs(" & ", fout);
+ latex_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+ fputs(" \\\\\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs("\\hline\n", fout);
+
+ fputs("\\end{tabular}\n\n\\noindent ", fout);
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (cont->footers && !opt_tuples_only && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ for (f = cont->footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ latex_escaped_print(f->data, fout);
+ fputs(" \\\\\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/*************************/
+/* Troff -ms */
+/*************************/
+
+
+static void
+troff_ms_escaped_print(const char *in, FILE *fout)
+{
+ const char *p;
+
+ for (p = in; *p; p++)
+ switch (*p)
+ {
+ case '\\':
+ fputs("\\(rs", fout);
+ break;
+ default:
+ fputc(*p, fout);
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_troff_ms_text(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (opt_border > 2)
+ opt_border = 2;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs(".LP\n.DS C\n", fout);
+ troff_ms_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("\n.DE\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ /* begin environment and set alignments and borders */
+ fputs(".LP\n.TS\n", fout);
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs("center box;\n", fout);
+ else
+ fputs("center;\n", fout);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < cont->ncolumns; i++)
+ {
+ fputc(*(cont->aligns + i), fout);
+ if (opt_border > 0 && i < cont->ncolumns - 1)
+ fputs(" | ", fout);
+ }
+ fputs(".\n", fout);
+
+ /* print headers */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->headers; i < cont->ncolumns; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ if (i != 0)
+ fputc('\t', fout);
+ fputs("\\fI", fout);
+ troff_ms_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+ fputs("\\fP", fout);
+ }
+ fputs("\n_\n", fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* print cells */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ troff_ms_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+
+ if ((i + 1) % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ fputc('\t', fout);
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *footers = footers_with_default(cont);
+
+ fputs(".TE\n.DS L\n", fout);
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (footers && !opt_tuples_only && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ for (f = footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ troff_ms_escaped_print(f->data, fout);
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ fputs(".DE\n", fout);
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+print_troff_ms_vertical(const printTableContent *cont, FILE *fout)
+{
+ bool opt_tuples_only = cont->opt->tuples_only;
+ unsigned short opt_border = cont->opt->border;
+ unsigned long record = cont->opt->prior_records + 1;
+ unsigned int i;
+ const char *const *ptr;
+ unsigned short current_format = 0; /* 0=none, 1=header, 2=body */
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (opt_border > 2)
+ opt_border = 2;
+
+ if (cont->opt->start_table)
+ {
+ /* print title */
+ if (!opt_tuples_only && cont->title)
+ {
+ fputs(".LP\n.DS C\n", fout);
+ troff_ms_escaped_print(cont->title, fout);
+ fputs("\n.DE\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ /* begin environment and set alignments and borders */
+ fputs(".LP\n.TS\n", fout);
+ if (opt_border == 2)
+ fputs("center box;\n", fout);
+ else
+ fputs("center;\n", fout);
+
+ /* basic format */
+ if (opt_tuples_only)
+ fputs("c l;\n", fout);
+ }
+ else
+ current_format = 2; /* assume tuples printed already */
+
+ /* print records */
+ for (i = 0, ptr = cont->cells; *ptr; i++, ptr++)
+ {
+ /* new record */
+ if (i % cont->ncolumns == 0)
+ {
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ break;
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ if (current_format != 1)
+ {
+ if (opt_border == 2 && record > 1)
+ fputs("_\n", fout);
+ if (current_format != 0)
+ fputs(".T&\n", fout);
+ fputs("c s.\n", fout);
+ current_format = 1;
+ }
+ fprintf(fout, "\\fIRecord %lu\\fP\n", record++);
+ }
+ if (opt_border >= 1)
+ fputs("_\n", fout);
+ }
+
+ if (!opt_tuples_only)
+ {
+ if (current_format != 2)
+ {
+ if (current_format != 0)
+ fputs(".T&\n", fout);
+ if (opt_border != 1)
+ fputs("c l.\n", fout);
+ else
+ fputs("c | l.\n", fout);
+ current_format = 2;
+ }
+ }
+
+ troff_ms_escaped_print(cont->headers[i % cont->ncolumns], fout);
+ fputc('\t', fout);
+ troff_ms_escaped_print(*ptr, fout);
+
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+
+ if (cont->opt->stop_table)
+ {
+ fputs(".TE\n.DS L\n", fout);
+
+ /* print footers */
+ if (cont->footers && !opt_tuples_only && !cancel_pressed)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ for (f = cont->footers; f; f = f->next)
+ {
+ troff_ms_escaped_print(f->data, fout);
+ fputc('\n', fout);
+ }
+ }
+
+ fputs(".DE\n", fout);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/********************************/
+/* Public functions */
+/********************************/
+
+
+/*
+ * disable_sigpipe_trap
+ *
+ * Turn off SIGPIPE interrupt --- call this before writing to a temporary
+ * query output file that is a pipe.
+ *
+ * No-op on Windows, where there's no SIGPIPE interrupts.
+ */
+void
+disable_sigpipe_trap(void)
+{
+#ifndef WIN32
+ pqsignal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * restore_sigpipe_trap
+ *
+ * Restore normal SIGPIPE interrupt --- call this when done writing to a
+ * temporary query output file that was (or might have been) a pipe.
+ *
+ * Note: within psql, we enable SIGPIPE interrupts unless the permanent query
+ * output file is a pipe, in which case they should be kept off. This
+ * approach works only because psql is not currently complicated enough to
+ * have nested usages of short-lived output files. Otherwise we'd probably
+ * need a genuine save-and-restore-state approach; but for now, that would be
+ * useless complication. In non-psql programs, this always enables SIGPIPE.
+ *
+ * No-op on Windows, where there's no SIGPIPE interrupts.
+ */
+void
+restore_sigpipe_trap(void)
+{
+#ifndef WIN32
+ pqsignal(SIGPIPE, always_ignore_sigpipe ? SIG_IGN : SIG_DFL);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * set_sigpipe_trap_state
+ *
+ * Set the trap state that restore_sigpipe_trap should restore to.
+ */
+void
+set_sigpipe_trap_state(bool ignore)
+{
+ always_ignore_sigpipe = ignore;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * PageOutput
+ *
+ * Tests if pager is needed and returns appropriate FILE pointer.
+ *
+ * If the topt argument is NULL no pager is used.
+ */
+FILE *
+PageOutput(int lines, const printTableOpt *topt)
+{
+ /* check whether we need / can / are supposed to use pager */
+ if (topt && topt->pager && isatty(fileno(stdin)) && isatty(fileno(stdout)))
+ {
+#ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
+ unsigned short int pager = topt->pager;
+ int min_lines = topt->pager_min_lines;
+ int result;
+ struct winsize screen_size;
+
+ result = ioctl(fileno(stdout), TIOCGWINSZ, &screen_size);
+
+ /* >= accounts for a one-line prompt */
+ if (result == -1
+ || (lines >= screen_size.ws_row && lines >= min_lines)
+ || pager > 1)
+#endif
+ {
+ const char *pagerprog;
+ FILE *pagerpipe;
+
+ pagerprog = getenv("PSQL_PAGER");
+ if (!pagerprog)
+ pagerprog = getenv("PAGER");
+ if (!pagerprog)
+ pagerprog = DEFAULT_PAGER;
+ else
+ {
+ /* if PAGER is empty or all-white-space, don't use pager */
+ if (strspn(pagerprog, " \t\r\n") == strlen(pagerprog))
+ return stdout;
+ }
+ disable_sigpipe_trap();
+ pagerpipe = popen(pagerprog, "w");
+ if (pagerpipe)
+ return pagerpipe;
+ /* if popen fails, silently proceed without pager */
+ restore_sigpipe_trap();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return stdout;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ClosePager
+ *
+ * Close previously opened pager pipe, if any
+ */
+void
+ClosePager(FILE *pagerpipe)
+{
+ if (pagerpipe && pagerpipe != stdout)
+ {
+ /*
+ * If printing was canceled midstream, warn about it.
+ *
+ * Some pagers like less use Ctrl-C as part of their command set. Even
+ * so, we abort our processing and warn the user what we did. If the
+ * pager quit as a result of the SIGINT, this message won't go
+ * anywhere ...
+ */
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ fprintf(pagerpipe, _("Interrupted\n"));
+
+ pclose(pagerpipe);
+ restore_sigpipe_trap();
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialise a table contents struct.
+ * Must be called before any other printTable method is used.
+ *
+ * The title is not duplicated; the caller must ensure that the buffer
+ * is available for the lifetime of the printTableContent struct.
+ *
+ * If you call this, you must call printTableCleanup once you're done with the
+ * table.
+ */
+void
+printTableInit(printTableContent *const content, const printTableOpt *opt,
+ const char *title, const int ncolumns, const int nrows)
+{
+ content->opt = opt;
+ content->title = title;
+ content->ncolumns = ncolumns;
+ content->nrows = nrows;
+
+ content->headers = pg_malloc0((ncolumns + 1) * sizeof(*content->headers));
+
+ content->cells = pg_malloc0((ncolumns * nrows + 1) * sizeof(*content->cells));
+
+ content->cellmustfree = NULL;
+ content->footers = NULL;
+
+ content->aligns = pg_malloc0((ncolumns + 1) * sizeof(*content->align));
+
+ content->header = content->headers;
+ content->cell = content->cells;
+ content->footer = content->footers;
+ content->align = content->aligns;
+ content->cellsadded = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add a header to the table.
+ *
+ * Headers are not duplicated; you must ensure that the header string is
+ * available for the lifetime of the printTableContent struct.
+ *
+ * If translate is true, the function will pass the header through gettext.
+ * Otherwise, the header will not be translated.
+ *
+ * align is either 'l' or 'r', and specifies the alignment for cells in this
+ * column.
+ */
+void
+printTableAddHeader(printTableContent *const content, char *header,
+ const bool translate, const char align)
+{
+#ifndef ENABLE_NLS
+ (void) translate; /* unused parameter */
+#endif
+
+ if (content->header >= content->headers + content->ncolumns)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Cannot add header to table content: "
+ "column count of %d exceeded.\n"),
+ content->ncolumns);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ *content->header = (char *) mbvalidate((unsigned char *) header,
+ content->opt->encoding);
+#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
+ if (translate)
+ *content->header = _(*content->header);
+#endif
+ content->header++;
+
+ *content->align = align;
+ content->align++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add a cell to the table.
+ *
+ * Cells are not duplicated; you must ensure that the cell string is available
+ * for the lifetime of the printTableContent struct.
+ *
+ * If translate is true, the function will pass the cell through gettext.
+ * Otherwise, the cell will not be translated.
+ *
+ * If mustfree is true, the cell string is freed by printTableCleanup().
+ * Note: Automatic freeing of translatable strings is not supported.
+ */
+void
+printTableAddCell(printTableContent *const content, char *cell,
+ const bool translate, const bool mustfree)
+{
+#ifndef ENABLE_NLS
+ (void) translate; /* unused parameter */
+#endif
+
+ if (content->cellsadded >= content->ncolumns * content->nrows)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, _("Cannot add cell to table content: "
+ "total cell count of %d exceeded.\n"),
+ content->ncolumns * content->nrows);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ *content->cell = (char *) mbvalidate((unsigned char *) cell,
+ content->opt->encoding);
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
+ if (translate)
+ *content->cell = _(*content->cell);
+#endif
+
+ if (mustfree)
+ {
+ if (content->cellmustfree == NULL)
+ content->cellmustfree =
+ pg_malloc0((content->ncolumns * content->nrows + 1) * sizeof(bool));
+
+ content->cellmustfree[content->cellsadded] = true;
+ }
+ content->cell++;
+ content->cellsadded++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add a footer to the table.
+ *
+ * Footers are added as elements of a singly-linked list, and the content is
+ * strdup'd, so there is no need to keep the original footer string around.
+ *
+ * Footers are never translated by the function. If you want the footer
+ * translated you must do so yourself, before calling printTableAddFooter. The
+ * reason this works differently to headers and cells is that footers tend to
+ * be made of up individually translated components, rather than being
+ * translated as a whole.
+ */
+void
+printTableAddFooter(printTableContent *const content, const char *footer)
+{
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ f = pg_malloc0(sizeof(*f));
+ f->data = pg_strdup(footer);
+
+ if (content->footers == NULL)
+ content->footers = f;
+ else
+ content->footer->next = f;
+
+ content->footer = f;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Change the content of the last-added footer.
+ *
+ * The current contents of the last-added footer are freed, and replaced by the
+ * content given in *footer. If there was no previous footer, add a new one.
+ *
+ * The content is strdup'd, so there is no need to keep the original string
+ * around.
+ */
+void
+printTableSetFooter(printTableContent *const content, const char *footer)
+{
+ if (content->footers != NULL)
+ {
+ free(content->footer->data);
+ content->footer->data = pg_strdup(footer);
+ }
+ else
+ printTableAddFooter(content, footer);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free all memory allocated to this struct.
+ *
+ * Once this has been called, the struct is unusable unless you pass it to
+ * printTableInit() again.
+ */
+void
+printTableCleanup(printTableContent *const content)
+{
+ if (content->cellmustfree)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < content->nrows * content->ncolumns; i++)
+ {
+ if (content->cellmustfree[i])
+ free(unconstify(char *, content->cells[i]));
+ }
+ free(content->cellmustfree);
+ content->cellmustfree = NULL;
+ }
+ free(content->headers);
+ free(content->cells);
+ free(content->aligns);
+
+ content->opt = NULL;
+ content->title = NULL;
+ content->headers = NULL;
+ content->cells = NULL;
+ content->aligns = NULL;
+ content->header = NULL;
+ content->cell = NULL;
+ content->align = NULL;
+
+ if (content->footers)
+ {
+ for (content->footer = content->footers; content->footer;)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ f = content->footer;
+ content->footer = f->next;
+ free(f->data);
+ free(f);
+ }
+ }
+ content->footers = NULL;
+ content->footer = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * IsPagerNeeded
+ *
+ * Setup pager if required
+ */
+static void
+IsPagerNeeded(const printTableContent *cont, int extra_lines, bool expanded,
+ FILE **fout, bool *is_pager)
+{
+ if (*fout == stdout)
+ {
+ int lines;
+
+ if (expanded)
+ lines = (cont->ncolumns + 1) * cont->nrows;
+ else
+ lines = cont->nrows + 1;
+
+ if (!cont->opt->tuples_only)
+ {
+ printTableFooter *f;
+
+ /*
+ * FIXME -- this is slightly bogus: it counts the number of
+ * footers, not the number of lines in them.
+ */
+ for (f = cont->footers; f; f = f->next)
+ lines++;
+ }
+
+ *fout = PageOutput(lines + extra_lines, cont->opt);
+ *is_pager = (*fout != stdout);
+ }
+ else
+ *is_pager = false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use this to print any table in the supported formats.
+ *
+ * cont: table data and formatting options
+ * fout: where to print to
+ * is_pager: true if caller has already redirected fout to be a pager pipe
+ * flog: if not null, also print the table there (for --log-file option)
+ */
+void
+printTable(const printTableContent *cont,
+ FILE *fout, bool is_pager, FILE *flog)
+{
+ bool is_local_pager = false;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ if (cont->opt->format == PRINT_NOTHING)
+ return;
+
+ /* print_aligned_*() handle the pager themselves */
+ if (!is_pager &&
+ cont->opt->format != PRINT_ALIGNED &&
+ cont->opt->format != PRINT_WRAPPED)
+ {
+ IsPagerNeeded(cont, 0, (cont->opt->expanded == 1), &fout, &is_pager);
+ is_local_pager = is_pager;
+ }
+
+ /* clear any pre-existing error indication on the output stream */
+ clearerr(fout);
+
+ /* print the stuff */
+
+ if (flog)
+ print_aligned_text(cont, flog, false);
+
+ switch (cont->opt->format)
+ {
+ case PRINT_UNALIGNED:
+ if (cont->opt->expanded == 1)
+ print_unaligned_vertical(cont, fout);
+ else
+ print_unaligned_text(cont, fout);
+ break;
+ case PRINT_ALIGNED:
+ case PRINT_WRAPPED:
+
+ /*
+ * In expanded-auto mode, force vertical if a pager is passed in;
+ * else we may make different decisions for different hunks of the
+ * query result.
+ */
+ if (cont->opt->expanded == 1 ||
+ (cont->opt->expanded == 2 && is_pager))
+ print_aligned_vertical(cont, fout, is_pager);
+ else
+ print_aligned_text(cont, fout, is_pager);
+ break;
+ case PRINT_CSV:
+ if (cont->opt->expanded == 1)
+ print_csv_vertical(cont, fout);
+ else
+ print_csv_text(cont, fout);
+ break;
+ case PRINT_HTML:
+ if (cont->opt->expanded == 1)
+ print_html_vertical(cont, fout);
+ else
+ print_html_text(cont, fout);
+ break;
+ case PRINT_ASCIIDOC:
+ if (cont->opt->expanded == 1)
+ print_asciidoc_vertical(cont, fout);
+ else
+ print_asciidoc_text(cont, fout);
+ break;
+ case PRINT_LATEX:
+ if (cont->opt->expanded == 1)
+ print_latex_vertical(cont, fout);
+ else
+ print_latex_text(cont, fout);
+ break;
+ case PRINT_LATEX_LONGTABLE:
+ if (cont->opt->expanded == 1)
+ print_latex_vertical(cont, fout);
+ else
+ print_latex_longtable_text(cont, fout);
+ break;
+ case PRINT_TROFF_MS:
+ if (cont->opt->expanded == 1)
+ print_troff_ms_vertical(cont, fout);
+ else
+ print_troff_ms_text(cont, fout);
+ break;
+ default:
+ fprintf(stderr, _("invalid output format (internal error): %d"),
+ cont->opt->format);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (is_local_pager)
+ ClosePager(fout);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Use this to print query results
+ *
+ * result: result of a successful query
+ * opt: formatting options
+ * fout: where to print to
+ * is_pager: true if caller has already redirected fout to be a pager pipe
+ * flog: if not null, also print the data there (for --log-file option)
+ */
+void
+printQuery(const PGresult *result, const printQueryOpt *opt,
+ FILE *fout, bool is_pager, FILE *flog)
+{
+ printTableContent cont;
+ int i,
+ r,
+ c;
+
+ if (cancel_pressed)
+ return;
+
+ printTableInit(&cont, &opt->topt, opt->title,
+ PQnfields(result), PQntuples(result));
+
+ /* Assert caller supplied enough translate_columns[] entries */
+ Assert(opt->translate_columns == NULL ||
+ opt->n_translate_columns >= cont.ncolumns);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < cont.ncolumns; i++)
+ {
+ printTableAddHeader(&cont, PQfname(result, i),
+ opt->translate_header,
+ column_type_alignment(PQftype(result, i)));
+ }
+
+ /* set cells */
+ for (r = 0; r < cont.nrows; r++)
+ {
+ for (c = 0; c < cont.ncolumns; c++)
+ {
+ char *cell;
+ bool mustfree = false;
+ bool translate;
+
+ if (PQgetisnull(result, r, c))
+ cell = opt->nullPrint ? opt->nullPrint : "";
+ else
+ {
+ cell = PQgetvalue(result, r, c);
+ if (cont.aligns[c] == 'r' && opt->topt.numericLocale)
+ {
+ cell = format_numeric_locale(cell);
+ mustfree = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ translate = (opt->translate_columns && opt->translate_columns[c]);
+ printTableAddCell(&cont, cell, translate, mustfree);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* set footers */
+ if (opt->footers)
+ {
+ char **footer;
+
+ for (footer = opt->footers; *footer; footer++)
+ printTableAddFooter(&cont, *footer);
+ }
+
+ printTable(&cont, fout, is_pager, flog);
+ printTableCleanup(&cont);
+}
+
+char
+column_type_alignment(Oid ftype)
+{
+ char align;
+
+ switch (ftype)
+ {
+ case INT2OID:
+ case INT4OID:
+ case INT8OID:
+ case FLOAT4OID:
+ case FLOAT8OID:
+ case NUMERICOID:
+ case OIDOID:
+ case XIDOID:
+ case XID8OID:
+ case CIDOID:
+ case MONEYOID:
+ align = 'r';
+ break;
+ default:
+ align = 'l';
+ break;
+ }
+ return align;
+}
+
+void
+setDecimalLocale(void)
+{
+ struct lconv *extlconv;
+
+ extlconv = localeconv();
+
+ /* Don't accept an empty decimal_point string */
+ if (*extlconv->decimal_point)
+ decimal_point = pg_strdup(extlconv->decimal_point);
+ else
+ decimal_point = "."; /* SQL output standard */
+
+ /*
+ * Although the Open Group standard allows locales to supply more than one
+ * group width, we consider only the first one, and we ignore any attempt
+ * to suppress grouping by specifying CHAR_MAX. As in the backend's
+ * cash.c, we must apply a range check to avoid being fooled by variant
+ * CHAR_MAX values.
+ */
+ groupdigits = *extlconv->grouping;
+ if (groupdigits <= 0 || groupdigits > 6)
+ groupdigits = 3; /* most common */
+
+ /* Don't accept an empty thousands_sep string, either */
+ /* similar code exists in formatting.c */
+ if (*extlconv->thousands_sep)
+ thousands_sep = pg_strdup(extlconv->thousands_sep);
+ /* Make sure thousands separator doesn't match decimal point symbol. */
+ else if (strcmp(decimal_point, ",") != 0)
+ thousands_sep = ",";
+ else
+ thousands_sep = ".";
+}
+
+/* get selected or default line style */
+const printTextFormat *
+get_line_style(const printTableOpt *opt)
+{
+ /*
+ * Note: this function mainly exists to preserve the convention that a
+ * printTableOpt struct can be initialized to zeroes to get default
+ * behavior.
+ */
+ if (opt->line_style != NULL)
+ return opt->line_style;
+ else
+ return &pg_asciiformat;
+}
+
+void
+refresh_utf8format(const printTableOpt *opt)
+{
+ printTextFormat *popt = &pg_utf8format;
+
+ const unicodeStyleBorderFormat *border;
+ const unicodeStyleRowFormat *header;
+ const unicodeStyleColumnFormat *column;
+
+ popt->name = "unicode";
+
+ border = &unicode_style.border_style[opt->unicode_border_linestyle];
+ header = &unicode_style.row_style[opt->unicode_header_linestyle];
+ column = &unicode_style.column_style[opt->unicode_column_linestyle];
+
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_TOP].hrule = border->horizontal;
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_TOP].leftvrule = border->down_and_right;
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_TOP].midvrule = column->down_and_horizontal[opt->unicode_border_linestyle];
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_TOP].rightvrule = border->down_and_left;
+
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_MIDDLE].hrule = header->horizontal;
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_MIDDLE].leftvrule = header->vertical_and_right[opt->unicode_border_linestyle];
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_MIDDLE].midvrule = column->vertical_and_horizontal[opt->unicode_header_linestyle];
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_MIDDLE].rightvrule = header->vertical_and_left[opt->unicode_border_linestyle];
+
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_BOTTOM].hrule = border->horizontal;
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_BOTTOM].leftvrule = border->up_and_right;
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_BOTTOM].midvrule = column->up_and_horizontal[opt->unicode_border_linestyle];
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_BOTTOM].rightvrule = border->left_and_right;
+
+ /* N/A */
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_DATA].hrule = "";
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_DATA].leftvrule = border->vertical;
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_DATA].midvrule = column->vertical;
+ popt->lrule[PRINT_RULE_DATA].rightvrule = border->vertical;
+
+ popt->midvrule_nl = column->vertical;
+ popt->midvrule_wrap = column->vertical;
+ popt->midvrule_blank = column->vertical;
+
+ /* Same for all unicode today */
+ popt->header_nl_left = unicode_style.header_nl_left;
+ popt->header_nl_right = unicode_style.header_nl_right;
+ popt->nl_left = unicode_style.nl_left;
+ popt->nl_right = unicode_style.nl_right;
+ popt->wrap_left = unicode_style.wrap_left;
+ popt->wrap_right = unicode_style.wrap_right;
+ popt->wrap_right_border = unicode_style.wrap_right_border;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compute the byte distance to the end of the string or *target_width
+ * display character positions, whichever comes first. Update *target_width
+ * to be the number of display character positions actually filled.
+ */
+static int
+strlen_max_width(unsigned char *str, int *target_width, int encoding)
+{
+ unsigned char *start = str;
+ unsigned char *end = str + strlen((char *) str);
+ int curr_width = 0;
+
+ while (str < end)
+ {
+ int char_width = PQdsplen((char *) str, encoding);
+
+ /*
+ * If the display width of the new character causes the string to
+ * exceed its target width, skip it and return. However, if this is
+ * the first character of the string (curr_width == 0), we have to
+ * accept it.
+ */
+ if (*target_width < curr_width + char_width && curr_width != 0)
+ break;
+
+ curr_width += char_width;
+
+ str += PQmblen((char *) str, encoding);
+
+ if (str > end) /* Don't overrun invalid string */
+ str = end;
+ }
+
+ *target_width = curr_width;
+
+ return str - start;
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/psqlscan.c b/src/fe_utils/psqlscan.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5fbfe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/psqlscan.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5106 @@
+#line 2 "psqlscan.c"
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * psqlscan.l
+ * lexical scanner for SQL commands
+ *
+ * This lexer used to be part of psql, and that heritage is reflected in
+ * the file name as well as function and typedef names, though it can now
+ * be used by other frontend programs as well. It's also possible to extend
+ * this lexer with a compatible add-on lexer to handle program-specific
+ * backslash commands.
+ *
+ * This code is mainly concerned with determining where the end of a SQL
+ * statement is: we are looking for semicolons that are not within quotes,
+ * comments, or parentheses. The most reliable way to handle this is to
+ * borrow the backend's flex lexer rules, lock, stock, and barrel. The rules
+ * below are (except for a few) the same as the backend's, but their actions
+ * are just ECHO whereas the backend's actions generally do other things.
+ *
+ * XXX The rules in this file must be kept in sync with the backend lexer!!!
+ *
+ * XXX Avoid creating backtracking cases --- see the backend lexer for info.
+ *
+ * See psqlscan_int.h for additional commentary.
+ *
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * src/fe_utils/psqlscan.l
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include "common/logging.h"
+#include "fe_utils/psqlscan.h"
+
+#include "libpq-fe.h"
+
+#line 43 "psqlscan.c"
+
+#define YY_INT_ALIGNED short int
+
+/* A lexical scanner generated by flex */
+
+#define FLEX_SCANNER
+#define YY_FLEX_MAJOR_VERSION 2
+#define YY_FLEX_MINOR_VERSION 6
+#define YY_FLEX_SUBMINOR_VERSION 4
+#if YY_FLEX_SUBMINOR_VERSION > 0
+#define FLEX_BETA
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yy_create_buffer
+#define psql_yy_create_buffer_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yy_create_buffer psql_yy_create_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yy_delete_buffer
+#define psql_yy_delete_buffer_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yy_delete_buffer psql_yy_delete_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yy_scan_buffer
+#define psql_yy_scan_buffer_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yy_scan_buffer psql_yy_scan_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yy_scan_string
+#define psql_yy_scan_string_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yy_scan_string psql_yy_scan_string
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yy_scan_bytes
+#define psql_yy_scan_bytes_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yy_scan_bytes psql_yy_scan_bytes
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yy_init_buffer
+#define psql_yy_init_buffer_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yy_init_buffer psql_yy_init_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yy_flush_buffer
+#define psql_yy_flush_buffer_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yy_flush_buffer psql_yy_flush_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yy_load_buffer_state
+#define psql_yy_load_buffer_state_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yy_load_buffer_state psql_yy_load_buffer_state
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yy_switch_to_buffer
+#define psql_yy_switch_to_buffer_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yy_switch_to_buffer psql_yy_switch_to_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yypush_buffer_state
+#define psql_yypush_buffer_state_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yypush_buffer_state psql_yypush_buffer_state
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yypop_buffer_state
+#define psql_yypop_buffer_state_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yypop_buffer_state psql_yypop_buffer_state
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyensure_buffer_stack
+#define psql_yyensure_buffer_stack_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyensure_buffer_stack psql_yyensure_buffer_stack
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yylex
+#define psql_yylex_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yylex psql_yylex
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyrestart
+#define psql_yyrestart_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyrestart psql_yyrestart
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yylex_init
+#define psql_yylex_init_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yylex_init psql_yylex_init
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yylex_init_extra
+#define psql_yylex_init_extra_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yylex_init_extra psql_yylex_init_extra
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yylex_destroy
+#define psql_yylex_destroy_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yylex_destroy psql_yylex_destroy
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyget_debug
+#define psql_yyget_debug_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyget_debug psql_yyget_debug
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyset_debug
+#define psql_yyset_debug_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyset_debug psql_yyset_debug
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyget_extra
+#define psql_yyget_extra_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyget_extra psql_yyget_extra
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyset_extra
+#define psql_yyset_extra_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyset_extra psql_yyset_extra
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyget_in
+#define psql_yyget_in_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyget_in psql_yyget_in
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyset_in
+#define psql_yyset_in_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyset_in psql_yyset_in
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyget_out
+#define psql_yyget_out_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyget_out psql_yyget_out
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyset_out
+#define psql_yyset_out_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyset_out psql_yyset_out
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyget_leng
+#define psql_yyget_leng_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyget_leng psql_yyget_leng
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyget_text
+#define psql_yyget_text_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyget_text psql_yyget_text
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyget_lineno
+#define psql_yyget_lineno_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyget_lineno psql_yyget_lineno
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyset_lineno
+#define psql_yyset_lineno_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyset_lineno psql_yyset_lineno
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyget_column
+#define psql_yyget_column_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyget_column psql_yyget_column
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyset_column
+#define psql_yyset_column_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyset_column psql_yyset_column
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yywrap
+#define psql_yywrap_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yywrap psql_yywrap
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyget_lval
+#define psql_yyget_lval_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyget_lval psql_yyget_lval
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyset_lval
+#define psql_yyset_lval_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyset_lval psql_yyset_lval
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyalloc
+#define psql_yyalloc_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyalloc psql_yyalloc
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyrealloc
+#define psql_yyrealloc_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyrealloc psql_yyrealloc
+#endif
+
+#ifdef yyfree
+#define psql_yyfree_ALREADY_DEFINED
+#else
+#define yyfree psql_yyfree
+#endif
+
+/* First, we deal with platform-specific or compiler-specific issues. */
+
+/* begin standard C headers. */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* end standard C headers. */
+
+/* flex integer type definitions */
+
+#ifndef FLEXINT_H
+#define FLEXINT_H
+
+/* C99 systems have <inttypes.h>. Non-C99 systems may or may not. */
+
+#if defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+
+/* C99 says to define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS before including stdint.h,
+ * if you want the limit (max/min) macros for int types.
+ */
+#ifndef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
+#define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1
+#endif
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+typedef int8_t flex_int8_t;
+typedef uint8_t flex_uint8_t;
+typedef int16_t flex_int16_t;
+typedef uint16_t flex_uint16_t;
+typedef int32_t flex_int32_t;
+typedef uint32_t flex_uint32_t;
+#else
+typedef signed char flex_int8_t;
+typedef short int flex_int16_t;
+typedef int flex_int32_t;
+typedef unsigned char flex_uint8_t;
+typedef unsigned short int flex_uint16_t;
+typedef unsigned int flex_uint32_t;
+
+/* Limits of integral types. */
+#ifndef INT8_MIN
+#define INT8_MIN (-128)
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_MIN
+#define INT16_MIN (-32767-1)
+#endif
+#ifndef INT32_MIN
+#define INT32_MIN (-2147483647-1)
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_MAX
+#define INT8_MAX (127)
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_MAX
+#define INT16_MAX (32767)
+#endif
+#ifndef INT32_MAX
+#define INT32_MAX (2147483647)
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT8_MAX
+#define UINT8_MAX (255U)
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT16_MAX
+#define UINT16_MAX (65535U)
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT32_MAX
+#define UINT32_MAX (4294967295U)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+#define SIZE_MAX (~(size_t)0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ! C99 */
+
+#endif /* ! FLEXINT_H */
+
+/* begin standard C++ headers. */
+
+/* TODO: this is always defined, so inline it */
+#define yyconst const
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3
+#define yynoreturn __attribute__((__noreturn__))
+#else
+#define yynoreturn
+#endif
+
+/* Returned upon end-of-file. */
+#define YY_NULL 0
+
+/* Promotes a possibly negative, possibly signed char to an
+ * integer in range [0..255] for use as an array index.
+ */
+#define YY_SC_TO_UI(c) ((YY_CHAR) (c))
+
+/* An opaque pointer. */
+#ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SCANNER_T
+#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SCANNER_T
+typedef void* yyscan_t;
+#endif
+
+/* For convenience, these vars (plus the bison vars far below)
+ are macros in the reentrant scanner. */
+#define yyin yyg->yyin_r
+#define yyout yyg->yyout_r
+#define yyextra yyg->yyextra_r
+#define yyleng yyg->yyleng_r
+#define yytext yyg->yytext_r
+#define yylineno (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_bs_lineno)
+#define yycolumn (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_bs_column)
+#define yy_flex_debug yyg->yy_flex_debug_r
+
+/* Enter a start condition. This macro really ought to take a parameter,
+ * but we do it the disgusting crufty way forced on us by the ()-less
+ * definition of BEGIN.
+ */
+#define BEGIN yyg->yy_start = 1 + 2 *
+/* Translate the current start state into a value that can be later handed
+ * to BEGIN to return to the state. The YYSTATE alias is for lex
+ * compatibility.
+ */
+#define YY_START ((yyg->yy_start - 1) / 2)
+#define YYSTATE YY_START
+/* Action number for EOF rule of a given start state. */
+#define YY_STATE_EOF(state) (YY_END_OF_BUFFER + state + 1)
+/* Special action meaning "start processing a new file". */
+#define YY_NEW_FILE yyrestart( yyin , yyscanner )
+#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR 0
+
+/* Size of default input buffer. */
+#ifndef YY_BUF_SIZE
+#ifdef __ia64__
+/* On IA-64, the buffer size is 16k, not 8k.
+ * Moreover, YY_BUF_SIZE is 2*YY_READ_BUF_SIZE in the general case.
+ * Ditto for the __ia64__ case accordingly.
+ */
+#define YY_BUF_SIZE 32768
+#else
+#define YY_BUF_SIZE 16384
+#endif /* __ia64__ */
+#endif
+
+/* The state buf must be large enough to hold one state per character in the main buffer.
+ */
+#define YY_STATE_BUF_SIZE ((YY_BUF_SIZE + 2) * sizeof(yy_state_type))
+
+#ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_BUFFER_STATE
+#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_BUFFER_STATE
+typedef struct yy_buffer_state *YY_BUFFER_STATE;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T
+#define YY_TYPEDEF_YY_SIZE_T
+typedef size_t yy_size_t;
+#endif
+
+#define EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN 0
+#define EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE 1
+#define EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH 2
+
+ #define YY_LESS_LINENO(n)
+ #define YY_LINENO_REWIND_TO(ptr)
+
+/* Return all but the first "n" matched characters back to the input stream. */
+#define yyless(n) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \
+ int yyless_macro_arg = (n); \
+ YY_LESS_LINENO(yyless_macro_arg);\
+ *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char; \
+ YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET \
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp = yy_bp + yyless_macro_arg - YY_MORE_ADJ; \
+ YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION; /* set up yytext again */ \
+ } \
+ while ( 0 )
+#define unput(c) yyunput( c, yyg->yytext_ptr , yyscanner )
+
+#ifndef YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE
+#define YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE
+struct yy_buffer_state
+ {
+ FILE *yy_input_file;
+
+ char *yy_ch_buf; /* input buffer */
+ char *yy_buf_pos; /* current position in input buffer */
+
+ /* Size of input buffer in bytes, not including room for EOB
+ * characters.
+ */
+ int yy_buf_size;
+
+ /* Number of characters read into yy_ch_buf, not including EOB
+ * characters.
+ */
+ int yy_n_chars;
+
+ /* Whether we "own" the buffer - i.e., we know we created it,
+ * and can realloc() it to grow it, and should free() it to
+ * delete it.
+ */
+ int yy_is_our_buffer;
+
+ /* Whether this is an "interactive" input source; if so, and
+ * if we're using stdio for input, then we want to use getc()
+ * instead of fread(), to make sure we stop fetching input after
+ * each newline.
+ */
+ int yy_is_interactive;
+
+ /* Whether we're considered to be at the beginning of a line.
+ * If so, '^' rules will be active on the next match, otherwise
+ * not.
+ */
+ int yy_at_bol;
+
+ int yy_bs_lineno; /**< The line count. */
+ int yy_bs_column; /**< The column count. */
+
+ /* Whether to try to fill the input buffer when we reach the
+ * end of it.
+ */
+ int yy_fill_buffer;
+
+ int yy_buffer_status;
+
+#define YY_BUFFER_NEW 0
+#define YY_BUFFER_NORMAL 1
+ /* When an EOF's been seen but there's still some text to process
+ * then we mark the buffer as YY_EOF_PENDING, to indicate that we
+ * shouldn't try reading from the input source any more. We might
+ * still have a bunch of tokens to match, though, because of
+ * possible backing-up.
+ *
+ * When we actually see the EOF, we change the status to "new"
+ * (via yyrestart()), so that the user can continue scanning by
+ * just pointing yyin at a new input file.
+ */
+#define YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING 2
+
+ };
+#endif /* !YY_STRUCT_YY_BUFFER_STATE */
+
+/* We provide macros for accessing buffer states in case in the
+ * future we want to put the buffer states in a more general
+ * "scanner state".
+ *
+ * Returns the top of the stack, or NULL.
+ */
+#define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ( yyg->yy_buffer_stack \
+ ? yyg->yy_buffer_stack[yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top] \
+ : NULL)
+/* Same as previous macro, but useful when we know that the buffer stack is not
+ * NULL or when we need an lvalue. For internal use only.
+ */
+#define YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE yyg->yy_buffer_stack[yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top]
+
+void yyrestart ( FILE *input_file , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+void yy_switch_to_buffer ( YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer ( FILE *file, int size , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+void yy_delete_buffer ( YY_BUFFER_STATE b , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+void yy_flush_buffer ( YY_BUFFER_STATE b , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+void yypush_buffer_state ( YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+void yypop_buffer_state ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+static void yyensure_buffer_stack ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+static void yy_load_buffer_state ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+static void yy_init_buffer ( YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE *file , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+#define YY_FLUSH_BUFFER yy_flush_buffer( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER , yyscanner)
+
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer ( char *base, yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string ( const char *yy_str , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes ( const char *bytes, int len , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+void *yyalloc ( yy_size_t , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+void *yyrealloc ( void *, yy_size_t , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+void yyfree ( void * , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+#define yy_new_buffer yy_create_buffer
+#define yy_set_interactive(is_interactive) \
+ { \
+ if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){ \
+ yyensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner); \
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = \
+ yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE , yyscanner); \
+ } \
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_is_interactive = is_interactive; \
+ }
+#define yy_set_bol(at_bol) \
+ { \
+ if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){\
+ yyensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner); \
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = \
+ yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE , yyscanner); \
+ } \
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol = at_bol; \
+ }
+#define YY_AT_BOL() (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_at_bol)
+
+/* Begin user sect3 */
+
+#define psql_yywrap(yyscanner) (/*CONSTCOND*/1)
+#define YY_SKIP_YYWRAP
+typedef flex_uint8_t YY_CHAR;
+
+typedef int yy_state_type;
+
+#define yytext_ptr yytext_r
+
+static const flex_int16_t yy_nxt[][40] =
+ {
+ {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 24, 25, 26, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
+ 29, 32, 33, 34, 31, 31, 35, 36, 37, 38,
+ 39, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 29, 45, 46,
+ 47, 45, 48, 49, 50, 51, 49, 50, 24, 24
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 24, 25, 26, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
+ 29, 32, 33, 34, 31, 31, 35, 36, 37, 38,
+
+ 39, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 29, 45, 46,
+ 47, 45, 48, 49, 50, 51, 49, 50, 24, 24
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52,
+ 52, 53, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52,
+ 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52,
+ 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52,
+ 52, 53, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52,
+ 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52,
+ 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52, 52
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 54, 54, 54, 54, 55, 54, 55, 54, 55,
+ 55, 54, 54, 54, 56, 55, 54, 55, 54, 57,
+ 54, 54, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 54, 54,
+ 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 54, 54, 54, 54, 55, 54, 55, 54, 55,
+ 55, 54, 54, 54, 56, 55, 54, 55, 54, 57,
+ 54, 54, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 54, 54,
+ 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 59, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
+
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 59, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
+ 60, 53, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
+ 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
+ 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
+ 60, 53, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
+ 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
+ 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+
+ 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 63, 64, 65, 66, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63,
+ 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 67, 63, 63,
+ 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63,
+ 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 63, 64, 65, 66, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63,
+ 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 67, 63, 63,
+ 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63,
+ 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 68, 68, 69, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68,
+ 68, 70, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68,
+ 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68,
+ 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 71, 68, 68, 68, 68
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 68, 68, 69, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68,
+ 68, 70, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68,
+ 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 68,
+ 68, 68, 68, 68, 68, 71, 68, 68, 68, 68
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 72, 72, 73, 72, 72, 72, 72, 74, 72,
+ 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72,
+
+ 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72,
+ 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 72, 72, 73, 72, 72, 72, 72, 74, 72,
+ 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72,
+ 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72,
+ 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72, 72
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 75, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 75, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58,
+ 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58, 58
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 62, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+
+ 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61,
+ 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61, 61
+ },
+
+ {
+ -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23,
+ -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23,
+ -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23,
+ -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23, -23
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24,
+ -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24,
+ -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24,
+ -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24, -24
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -25, 76, 76, 76, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25,
+ -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25,
+ -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25,
+ -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25, -25
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -26, 76, 76, 76, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26,
+ -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26,
+ -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26,
+ -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26, -26
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -27, -27, -27, -27, 77, -27, 77, -27, 77,
+ 77, -27, -27, -27, 77, 77, -27, 77, -27, 77,
+
+ -27, -27, -27, -27, 77, 78, 77, 77, -27, -27,
+ -27, -27, -27, -27, -27, -27, -27, -27, -27, -27
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28,
+ -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28,
+ -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28,
+ -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28, -28
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -29, -29, -29, -29, 77, -29, 77, -29, 77,
+ 77, -29, -29, -29, 77, 77, -29, 77, -29, 77,
+ -29, -29, -29, -29, 77, 77, 77, 77, -29, -29,
+ -29, -29, -29, -29, -29, -29, -29, -29, -29, -29
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, 79, -30,
+ -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30,
+ 80, 80, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, -30, 81, 81,
+ 81, 81, 81, 81, 81, -30, 81, 81, -30, -30
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -31, -31, -31, -31, 77, -31, 77, -31, 77,
+ 77, -31, -31, -31, 77, 77, -31, 77, -31, 77,
+ -31, -31, -31, -31, 77, 77, 77, 77, -31, -31,
+ -31, -31, -31, -31, -31, -31, -31, -31, -31, -31
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32,
+ -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32,
+
+ -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32,
+ -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32, -32
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33,
+ -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33,
+ -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33,
+ -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33, -33
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34,
+ -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34,
+ -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34,
+ -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34, -34
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35,
+ -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35,
+ -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35,
+ -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35, -35
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -36, -36, -36, -36, 77, -36, 77, -36, 77,
+ 77, -36, -36, -36, 77, 77, -36, 82, -36, 77,
+ -36, -36, -36, -36, 77, 77, 77, 77, -36, -36,
+ -36, -36, -36, -36, -36, -36, -36, -36, -36, -36
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37,
+ -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, 83, -37,
+
+ 84, 84, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37,
+ -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37, -37
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -38, -38, -38, -38, 77, -38, 77, -38, 77,
+ 77, -38, -38, -38, 85, 77, -38, 77, -38, 77,
+ -38, -38, -38, -38, 77, 77, 77, 77, -38, -38,
+ -38, -38, -38, -38, -38, -38, -38, -38, -38, -38
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39,
+ -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, 86, -39,
+ 87, 87, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, -39, 88, 88,
+ 89, 88, 88, 88, 88, -39, 88, 88, -39, -39
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -40, -40, -40, -40, -40, 90, -40, -40, -40,
+ -40, 91, -40, -40, -40, -40, -40, -40, -40, -40,
+ 92, 92, 93, -40, -40, 94, -40, -40, 92, 92,
+ 92, 92, 92, 92, 92, -40, 92, 92, 95, -40
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41,
+ -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41,
+ -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41,
+ -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41, -41
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -42, -42, -42, -42, 77, -42, 77, -42, 77,
+ 77, -42, -42, -42, 77, 77, -42, 77, -42, 77,
+
+ -42, -42, -42, -42, 77, 96, 97, 77, -42, -42,
+ -42, -42, -42, -42, -42, -42, -42, -42, -42, -42
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -43, -43, -43, -43, 77, -43, 77, -43, 77,
+ 77, -43, -43, -43, 77, 77, -43, 77, -43, 77,
+ -43, -43, -43, -43, 77, 77, 98, 77, -43, -43,
+ -43, -43, -43, -43, -43, -43, -43, -43, -43, -43
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -44, -44, -44, -44, 77, -44, 77, -44, 77,
+ 77, -44, -44, -44, 77, 77, -44, 77, -44, 77,
+ -44, -44, -44, -44, 77, 99, 77, 77, -44, -44,
+ -44, -44, -44, -44, -44, -44, -44, -44, -44, -44
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, 100, -45,
+ -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45,
+ 100, 100, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, 100, 100,
+ 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, -45, 100, 100, -45, -45
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -46, -46, -46, -46, -46, -46, -46, 100, -46,
+ -46, 101, -46, -46, -46, -46, -46, -46, -46, -46,
+ 100, 100, -46, -46, -46, -46, -46, -46, 100, 100,
+ 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, -46, 100, 100, -46, -46
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, 100, -47,
+ -47, 102, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47,
+
+ 100, 100, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, -47, 100, 100,
+ 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, -47, 100, 100, -47, -47
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -48, -48, -48, -48, -48, -48, -48, 100, -48,
+ -48, 103, -48, -48, -48, -48, -48, -48, -48, -48,
+ 100, 100, -48, -48, -48, -48, -48, -48, 100, 100,
+ 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, -48, 100, 100, -48, -48
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49, 100, -49,
+ 104, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49,
+ 100, 100, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49, -49, 100, 100,
+ 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, -49, 100, 100, -49, -49
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -50, -50, -50, -50, -50, -50, -50, 100, -50,
+ -50, 105, -50, -50, -50, -50, -50, -50, -50, -50,
+ 100, 100, -50, -50, -50, -50, -50, -50, 100, 100,
+ 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, -50, 100, 100, -50, -50
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51,
+ -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51,
+ -51, -51, 106, 106, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51,
+ -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51, -51
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107,
+ 107, -52, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107,
+
+ 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107,
+ 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53,
+ -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53,
+ -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53,
+ -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53, -53
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108,
+ 108, 108, 108, 108, -54, 108, 108, 108, 108, -54,
+ 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108,
+ 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108,
+ 108, 108, 108, 108, -55, 108, 108, 108, 108, -55,
+ 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108,
+ 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56,
+ -56, -56, -56, -56, 109, -56, -56, -56, -56, 110,
+ -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56,
+ -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56, -56
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57,
+ -57, -57, -57, -57, 111, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57,
+
+ -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57,
+ -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57, -57
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, -58, 112, 112, 112,
+ 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112,
+ 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112,
+ 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, 113, -59, -59, -59,
+ -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59,
+ -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59,
+ -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59, -59
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114,
+ 114, -60, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114,
+ 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114,
+ 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115,
+ 115, -61, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115,
+ 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115,
+ 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62,
+ -62, 116, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62,
+
+ -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62,
+ -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63,
+ -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63,
+ -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63,
+ -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63, -63
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -64, 117, 118, 118, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64,
+ -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, 119, -64, -64,
+ -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64,
+ -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64, -64
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -65, 120, 120, 120, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65,
+ -65, 121, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, 122, -65, -65,
+ -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65,
+ -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65, -65
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -66, 120, 120, 120, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66,
+ -66, 121, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, 122, -66, -66,
+ -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66,
+ -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66, -66
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67,
+ -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, 123, -67, -67,
+
+ -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67,
+ -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67, -67
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124,
+ 124, -68, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124,
+ 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124,
+ 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, -68, 124, 124, 124, 124
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124,
+ 124, -69, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124,
+ 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124,
+ 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, -69, 124, 124, 124, 124
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70,
+ -70, 116, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70,
+ -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70,
+ -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70, -70
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125,
+ 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125,
+ 126, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125, 125,
+ 125, 125, 125, 127, 125, 125, 128, 129, 125, 125
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, -72, 130,
+ 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130,
+
+ 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130,
+ 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, -73, 130,
+ 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130,
+ 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130,
+ 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, 131, -74,
+ -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74,
+ -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, -74, 132, 132,
+ 132, 132, 132, 132, 132, -74, 132, 132, -74, -74
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, 113, -75, -75, -75,
+ -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75,
+ -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75,
+ -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75, -75
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -76, 76, 76, 76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76,
+ -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76,
+ -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76,
+ -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76, -76
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -77, -77, -77, -77, 77, -77, 77, -77, 77,
+ 77, -77, -77, -77, 77, 77, -77, 77, -77, 77,
+
+ -77, -77, -77, -77, 77, 77, 77, 77, -77, -77,
+ -77, -77, -77, -77, -77, -77, -77, -77, -77, -77
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -78, -78, -78, -78, 77, -78, 77, -78, 77,
+ 77, -78, -78, -78, 77, 77, -78, 77, -78, 77,
+ -78, -78, -78, -78, 77, 77, 77, 77, -78, -78,
+ -78, -78, -78, -78, -78, -78, -78, -78, -78, -78
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79,
+ -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79,
+ -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79,
+ -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79, -79
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80,
+ -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80,
+ 80, 80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, -80, 133, 133,
+ 133, 133, 133, 133, 133, -80, 133, 133, -80, -80
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, 79, -81,
+ -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81,
+ 134, 134, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, -81, 134, 134,
+ 134, 134, 134, 134, 134, -81, 134, 134, -81, -81
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 135, 135, -82, -82, 136, 135, 136, 135, 136,
+ 136, 135, 135, 135, 136, 136, 135, 136, 135, 136,
+
+ 135, 135, 135, 135, 136, 136, 136, 136, 135, 135,
+ 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83,
+ -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83,
+ -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83,
+ -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83, -83
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84,
+ -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84,
+ 84, 84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, -84, 137, 137,
+ 138, 137, 137, 137, 137, -84, 137, 137, -84, -84
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -85, -85, -85, -85, 139, -85, 139, -85, 139,
+ 139, -85, -85, -85, 139, 139, -85, 139, -85, 139,
+ -85, -85, -85, -85, 139, 139, 139, 139, -85, -85,
+ -85, -85, -85, -85, -85, -85, -85, -85, -85, -85
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86,
+ -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, 140, -86,
+ 141, 141, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, -86, 137, 137,
+ 138, 137, 137, 137, 137, -86, 137, 137, -86, -86
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87,
+ -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, 86, -87,
+
+ 87, 87, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, -87, 88, 88,
+ 89, 88, 88, 88, 88, -87, 88, 88, -87, -87
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88,
+ -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88,
+ -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88,
+ -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88, -88
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89,
+ -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, 142, -89, 142, -89, -89,
+ 143, 143, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89,
+ -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89, -89
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90,
+ -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90,
+ 144, 144, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, -90, 144, 144,
+ 144, 144, 144, 144, 144, -90, 144, 144, -90, -90
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91,
+ -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91,
+ 145, 145, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, -91, 145, 145,
+ 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, -91, 145, 145, -91, -91
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92,
+ -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92,
+
+ 92, 92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, -92, 92, 92,
+ 92, 92, 92, 92, 92, -92, 92, 92, -92, -92
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93,
+ -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93,
+ -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93,
+ -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93, -93
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94,
+ -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94,
+ -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94,
+ -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94, -94
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95,
+ -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95,
+ -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, 146, -95, -95,
+ -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95, -95
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -96, -96, -96, -96, 77, -96, 77, -96, 77,
+ 77, -96, -96, -96, 77, 77, -96, 77, -96, 77,
+ -96, -96, -96, -96, 77, 77, 77, 77, -96, -96,
+ -96, -96, -96, -96, -96, -96, -96, -96, -96, -96
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -97, -97, -97, -97, 77, -97, 77, -97, 77,
+ 77, -97, -97, -97, 77, 77, -97, 77, -97, 77,
+
+ -97, -97, -97, -97, 77, 77, 77, 77, -97, -97,
+ -97, -97, -97, -97, -97, -97, -97, -97, -97, -97
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -98, -98, -98, -98, 77, -98, 77, -98, 77,
+ 77, -98, -98, -98, 77, 77, -98, 77, -98, 77,
+ -98, -98, -98, -98, 77, 77, 77, 77, -98, -98,
+ -98, -98, -98, -98, -98, -98, -98, -98, -98, -98
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -99, -99, -99, -99, 77, -99, 77, -99, 77,
+ 77, -99, -99, -99, 77, 77, -99, 77, -99, 77,
+ -99, -99, -99, -99, 77, 77, 77, 77, -99, -99,
+ -99, -99, -99, -99, -99, -99, -99, -99, -99, -99
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, 100, -100,
+ -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100,
+ 100, 100, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, -100, 100, 100,
+ 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, -100, 100, 100, -100, -100
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101,
+ -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101,
+ -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101,
+ -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101, -101
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102,
+ -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102,
+
+ -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102,
+ -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102, -102
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103,
+ -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103,
+ -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103,
+ -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103, -103
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, 147, -104, -104, -104,
+ -104, 148, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104,
+ -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104,
+ -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104, -104
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105,
+ -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105,
+ -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105,
+ -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105, -105
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106,
+ -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106,
+ -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106,
+ -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106, -106
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107,
+ 107, -107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107,
+
+ 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107,
+ 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107, 107
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108,
+ 108, 108, 108, 108, -108, 108, 108, 108, 108, -108,
+ 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108,
+ 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108, 108
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109,
+ -109, -109, -109, -109, 109, -109, -109, -109, -109, 110,
+ -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109,
+ -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109, -109
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110,
+ -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110,
+ -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110,
+ -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110, -110
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -111, -111, -111, -111, 149, -111, 149, -111, 149,
+ 149, -111, -111, -111, 149, 149, -111, 149, -111, 149,
+ -111, -111, -111, -111, 149, 149, 149, 149, -111, -111,
+ -111, -111, -111, -111, -111, -111, -111, -111, -111, -111
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, -112, 112, 112, 112,
+ 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112,
+
+ 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112,
+ 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112, 112
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113,
+ -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113,
+ -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113,
+ -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113, -113
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114,
+ 114, -114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114,
+ 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114,
+ 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114, 114
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115,
+ 115, -115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115,
+ 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115,
+ 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115, 115
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116,
+ -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116,
+ -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116,
+ -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116, -116
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -117, 117, 118, 118, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117,
+ -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, 119, -117, -117,
+
+ -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117,
+ -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117, -117
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -118, 120, 120, 120, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118,
+ -118, 121, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, 122, -118, -118,
+ -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118,
+ -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118, -118
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119,
+ -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, 123, -119, -119,
+ -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119,
+ -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119, -119
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -120, 120, 120, 120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120,
+ -120, 121, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, 122, -120, -120,
+ -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120,
+ -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120, -120
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121,
+ -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121,
+ -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121,
+ -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121, -121
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122,
+ -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, 150, -122, -122,
+
+ -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122,
+ -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122, -122
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 151, 152, 118, 118, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 153, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124,
+ 124, -124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124,
+ 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, 124,
+ 124, 124, 124, 124, 124, -124, 124, 124, 124, 124
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125,
+ -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125,
+ -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125,
+ -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125, -125
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126,
+ -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126,
+ 154, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126,
+ -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126, -126
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127,
+ -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127,
+
+ 155, 155, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, 155, 155,
+ 155, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127, -127
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128,
+ -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128,
+ 156, 156, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, 156, 156,
+ 156, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128, -128
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129,
+ -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129,
+ 157, 157, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, 157, 157,
+ 157, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129, -129
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, -130, 130,
+ 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130,
+ 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130,
+ 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130, 130
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131,
+ -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131,
+ -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131,
+ -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131, -131
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, 131, -132,
+ -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132,
+
+ 158, 158, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, -132, 158, 158,
+ 158, 158, 158, 158, 158, -132, 158, 158, -132, -132
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133,
+ -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133,
+ -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133,
+ -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133, -133
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, 79, -134,
+ -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134,
+ 134, 134, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, -134, 134, 134,
+ 134, 134, 134, 134, 134, -134, 134, 134, -134, -134
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 135, 135, -135, -135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135,
+ 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135,
+ 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135,
+ 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 135, 135, -136, -136, 136, 135, 136, 135, 136,
+ 136, 135, 135, 135, 136, 136, 135, 136, 135, 136,
+ 135, 135, 135, 135, 136, 136, 136, 136, 135, 135,
+ 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135, 135
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137,
+ -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137,
+
+ -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137,
+ -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137, -137
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138,
+ -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, 142, -138, 142, -138, -138,
+ 143, 143, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138,
+ -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138, -138
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -139, -139, -139, -139, 139, -139, 139, -139, 139,
+ 139, -139, -139, -139, 139, 139, -139, 139, -139, 139,
+ -139, -139, -139, -139, 139, 139, 139, 139, -139, -139,
+ -139, -139, -139, -139, -139, -139, -139, -139, -139, -139
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140,
+ -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140,
+ -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140,
+ -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140, -140
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141,
+ -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141,
+ 141, 141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, 137, 137,
+ 138, 137, 137, 137, 137, -141, 137, 137, -141, -141
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+
+ 143, 143, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142,
+ -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142, -142
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143,
+ -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143,
+ 143, 143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, -143, 159, 159,
+ 159, 159, 159, 159, 159, -143, 159, 159, -143, -143
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -144, -144, -144, -144, -144, 160, -144, -144, -144,
+ -144, -144, -144, -144, -144, -144, -144, -144, -144, -144,
+ 144, 144, -144, -144, -144, -144, -144, -144, 144, 144,
+ 144, 144, 144, 144, 144, -144, 144, 144, -144, -144
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145,
+ -145, 161, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145,
+ 145, 145, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145, -145, 145, 145,
+ 145, 145, 145, 145, 145, -145, 145, 145, -145, -145
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146,
+ -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146,
+ 162, 162, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, -146, 162, 162,
+ 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, -146, 162, 162, -146, -146
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147,
+ -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147,
+
+ -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147,
+ -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147, -147
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148,
+ -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148,
+ -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148,
+ -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148, -148
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -149, -149, -149, -149, 149, -149, 149, -149, 149,
+ 149, -149, -149, -149, 149, 149, -149, 149, -149, 149,
+ -149, -149, -149, -149, 149, 149, 149, 149, -149, -149,
+ -149, -149, -149, -149, -149, -149, -149, -149, -149, -149
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 163, 164, 165, 165, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 166, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 151, 152, 118, 118, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 153, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 151, 152, 118, 118, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 153, 151, 151,
+
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 151, 152, 118, 118, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 167, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154,
+ -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154,
+ 168, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154,
+ -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154, -154
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155,
+ -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155,
+ 169, 169, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, 169, 169,
+ 169, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155, -155
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156,
+ -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156,
+ 170, 170, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, 170, 170,
+ 170, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156, -156
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157,
+ -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157,
+
+ 171, 171, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, 171, 171,
+ 171, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157, -157
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, 131, -158,
+ -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158,
+ 158, 158, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, -158, 158, 158,
+ 158, 158, 158, 158, 158, -158, 158, 158, -158, -158
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159,
+ -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159,
+ -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159,
+ -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159, -159
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160,
+ -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160,
+ -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160,
+ -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160, -160
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161,
+ -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161,
+ -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161,
+ -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161, -161
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162,
+ -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162,
+
+ 162, 162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, -162, 162, 162,
+ 162, 162, 162, 162, 162, -162, 162, 162, -162, 172
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 163, 164, 165, 165, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 166, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 163, 164, 165, 165, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 166, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -165, 120, 120, 120, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165,
+ -165, 121, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, 122, -165, -165,
+ -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165,
+ -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165, -165
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 163, 164, 165, 165, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 173, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 151, 152, 118, 118, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 167, 151, 151,
+
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151,
+ 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151, 151
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168,
+ -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168,
+ -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168,
+ -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168, -168
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169,
+ -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169,
+ 174, 174, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, 174, 174,
+ 174, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169, -169
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170,
+ -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170,
+ 175, 175, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, 175, 175,
+ 175, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170, -170
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171,
+ -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171,
+ -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171,
+ -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171, -171
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172,
+ -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172,
+
+ -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172,
+ -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172, -172
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, 163, 164, 165, 165, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 173, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163,
+ 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174,
+ -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174,
+ 176, 176, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, 176, 176,
+ 176, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174, -174
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175,
+ -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175,
+ 177, 177, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, 177, 177,
+ 177, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175, -175
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176,
+ -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176,
+ 178, 178, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, 178, 178,
+ 178, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176, -176
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177,
+ -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177,
+
+ -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177,
+ -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177, -177
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178,
+ -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178,
+ 179, 179, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, 179, 179,
+ 179, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178, -178
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179,
+ -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179,
+ 180, 180, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, 180, 180,
+ 180, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179, -179
+
+ },
+
+ {
+ 23, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180,
+ -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180,
+ 177, 177, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, 177, 177,
+ 177, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180, -180
+ },
+
+ } ;
+
+static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans ( yy_state_type current_state , yyscan_t yyscanner);
+static int yy_get_next_buffer ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+static void yynoreturn yy_fatal_error ( const char* msg , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+/* Done after the current pattern has been matched and before the
+ * corresponding action - sets up yytext.
+ */
+#define YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION \
+ yyg->yytext_ptr = yy_bp; \
+ yyleng = (int) (yy_cp - yy_bp); \
+ yyg->yy_hold_char = *yy_cp; \
+ *yy_cp = '\0'; \
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yy_cp;
+#define YY_NUM_RULES 77
+#define YY_END_OF_BUFFER 78
+/* This struct is not used in this scanner,
+ but its presence is necessary. */
+struct yy_trans_info
+ {
+ flex_int32_t yy_verify;
+ flex_int32_t yy_nxt;
+ };
+static const flex_int16_t yy_accept[181] =
+ { 0,
+ 0, 0, 10, 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 9, 9,
+ 0, 0, 18, 18, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 78, 76, 1, 1, 64, 35, 64, 76,
+ 63, 13, 50, 51, 63, 63, 63, 63, 67, 63,
+ 52, 63, 63, 63, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75, 75,
+ 54, 10, 16, 5, 5, 6, 6, 40, 37, 9,
+ 21, 16, 19, 18, 18, 18, 18, 22, 22, 16,
+ 28, 32, 32, 34, 38, 1, 64, 49, 29, 65,
+ 30, 1, 43, 68, 2, 68, 67, 72, 72, 60,
+ 59, 55, 42, 44, 62, 46, 48, 45, 47, 75,
+
+ 8, 14, 12, 41, 11, 53, 10, 5, 7, 4,
+ 3, 40, 39, 9, 21, 20, 18, 18, 18, 18,
+ 17, 18, 18, 22, 25, 26, 24, 24, 25, 32,
+ 31, 33, 66, 30, 1, 1, 73, 73, 2, 69,
+ 68, 71, 70, 60, 59, 61, 36, 15, 3, 18,
+ 18, 18, 18, 26, 24, 24, 27, 33, 74, 57,
+ 56, 61, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 26, 24, 24,
+ 27, 58, 18, 24, 24, 24, 23, 24, 24, 24
+ } ;
+
+static const YY_CHAR yy_ec[256] =
+ { 0,
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 3,
+ 1, 2, 4, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+ 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
+ 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 20, 20,
+ 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 21, 21, 22, 23, 24,
+ 25, 26, 27, 7, 28, 29, 28, 28, 30, 28,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 32, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 33, 31, 31, 34, 31, 31,
+ 16, 35, 16, 9, 31, 7, 28, 29, 28, 28,
+
+ 30, 28, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 32,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 36, 31, 31, 37,
+ 31, 31, 38, 7, 39, 7, 1, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31, 31,
+ 31, 31, 31, 31, 31
+ } ;
+
+/* The intent behind this definition is that it'll catch
+ * any uses of REJECT which flex missed.
+ */
+#define REJECT reject_used_but_not_detected
+#define yymore() yymore_used_but_not_detected
+#define YY_MORE_ADJ 0
+#define YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET
+#line 1 "psqlscan.l"
+
+#line 44 "psqlscan.l"
+
+/* LCOV_EXCL_START */
+
+#include "fe_utils/psqlscan_int.h"
+
+/*
+ * We must have a typedef YYSTYPE for yylex's first argument, but this lexer
+ * doesn't presently make use of that argument, so just declare it as int.
+ */
+typedef int YYSTYPE;
+
+/*
+ * Set the type of yyextra; we use it as a pointer back to the containing
+ * PsqlScanState.
+ */
+#define YY_EXTRA_TYPE PsqlScanState
+
+
+/* Return values from yylex() */
+#define LEXRES_EOL 0 /* end of input */
+#define LEXRES_SEMI 1 /* command-terminating semicolon found */
+#define LEXRES_BACKSLASH 2 /* backslash command start */
+
+
+#define ECHO psqlscan_emit(cur_state, yytext, yyleng)
+
+/*
+ * Work around a bug in flex 2.5.35: it emits a couple of functions that
+ * it forgets to emit declarations for. Since we use -Wmissing-prototypes,
+ * this would cause warnings. Providing our own declarations should be
+ * harmless even when the bug gets fixed.
+ */
+extern int psql_yyget_column(yyscan_t yyscanner);
+extern void psql_yyset_column(int column_no, yyscan_t yyscanner);
+
+#line 2056 "psqlscan.c"
+#define YY_NO_INPUT 1
+/*
+ * All of the following definitions and rules should exactly match
+ * src/backend/parser/scan.l so far as the flex patterns are concerned.
+ * The rule bodies are just ECHO as opposed to what the backend does,
+ * however. (But be sure to duplicate code that affects the lexing process,
+ * such as BEGIN() and yyless().) Also, psqlscan uses a single <<EOF>> rule
+ * whereas scan.l has a separate one for each exclusive state.
+ */
+/*
+ * OK, here is a short description of lex/flex rules behavior.
+ * The longest pattern which matches an input string is always chosen.
+ * For equal-length patterns, the first occurring in the rules list is chosen.
+ * INITIAL is the starting state, to which all non-conditional rules apply.
+ * Exclusive states change parsing rules while the state is active. When in
+ * an exclusive state, only those rules defined for that state apply.
+ *
+ * We use exclusive states for quoted strings, extended comments,
+ * and to eliminate parsing troubles for numeric strings.
+ * Exclusive states:
+ * <xb> bit string literal
+ * <xc> extended C-style comments
+ * <xd> delimited identifiers (double-quoted identifiers)
+ * <xh> hexadecimal byte string
+ * <xq> standard quoted strings
+ * <xqs> quote stop (detect continued strings)
+ * <xe> extended quoted strings (support backslash escape sequences)
+ * <xdolq> $foo$ quoted strings
+ * <xui> quoted identifier with Unicode escapes
+ * <xus> quoted string with Unicode escapes
+ *
+ * Note: we intentionally don't mimic the backend's <xeu> state; we have
+ * no need to distinguish it from <xe> state, and no good way to get out
+ * of it in error cases. The backend just throws yyerror() in those
+ * cases, but that's not an option here.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * In order to make the world safe for Windows and Mac clients as well as
+ * Unix ones, we accept either \n or \r as a newline. A DOS-style \r\n
+ * sequence will be seen as two successive newlines, but that doesn't cause
+ * any problems. Comments that start with -- and extend to the next
+ * newline are treated as equivalent to a single whitespace character.
+ *
+ * NOTE a fine point: if there is no newline following --, we will absorb
+ * everything to the end of the input as a comment. This is correct. Older
+ * versions of Postgres failed to recognize -- as a comment if the input
+ * did not end with a newline.
+ *
+ * XXX perhaps \f (formfeed) should be treated as a newline as well?
+ *
+ * XXX if you change the set of whitespace characters, fix scanner_isspace()
+ * to agree.
+ */
+/*
+ * SQL requires at least one newline in the whitespace separating
+ * string literals that are to be concatenated. Silly, but who are we
+ * to argue? Note that {whitespace_with_newline} should not have * after
+ * it, whereas {whitespace} should generally have a * after it...
+ */
+/* If we see {quote} then {quotecontinue}, the quoted string continues */
+/*
+ * {quotecontinuefail} is needed to avoid lexer backup when we fail to match
+ * {quotecontinue}. It might seem that this could just be {whitespace}*,
+ * but if there's a dash after {whitespace_with_newline}, it must be consumed
+ * to see if there's another dash --- which would start a {comment} and thus
+ * allow continuation of the {quotecontinue} token.
+ */
+/* Bit string
+ * It is tempting to scan the string for only those characters
+ * which are allowed. However, this leads to silently swallowed
+ * characters if illegal characters are included in the string.
+ * For example, if xbinside is [01] then B'ABCD' is interpreted
+ * as a zero-length string, and the ABCD' is lost!
+ * Better to pass the string forward and let the input routines
+ * validate the contents.
+ */
+/* Hexadecimal byte string */
+/* National character */
+/* Quoted string that allows backslash escapes */
+/* Extended quote
+ * xqdouble implements embedded quote, ''''
+ */
+/* $foo$ style quotes ("dollar quoting")
+ * The quoted string starts with $foo$ where "foo" is an optional string
+ * in the form of an identifier, except that it may not contain "$",
+ * and extends to the first occurrence of an identical string.
+ * There is *no* processing of the quoted text.
+ *
+ * {dolqfailed} is an error rule to avoid scanner backup when {dolqdelim}
+ * fails to match its trailing "$".
+ */
+/* Double quote
+ * Allows embedded spaces and other special characters into identifiers.
+ */
+/* Quoted identifier with Unicode escapes */
+/* Quoted string with Unicode escapes */
+/* error rule to avoid backup */
+/* C-style comments
+ *
+ * The "extended comment" syntax closely resembles allowable operator syntax.
+ * The tricky part here is to get lex to recognize a string starting with
+ * slash-star as a comment, when interpreting it as an operator would produce
+ * a longer match --- remember lex will prefer a longer match! Also, if we
+ * have something like plus-slash-star, lex will think this is a 3-character
+ * operator whereas we want to see it as a + operator and a comment start.
+ * The solution is two-fold:
+ * 1. append {op_chars}* to xcstart so that it matches as much text as
+ * {operator} would. Then the tie-breaker (first matching rule of same
+ * length) ensures xcstart wins. We put back the extra stuff with yyless()
+ * in case it contains a star-slash that should terminate the comment.
+ * 2. In the operator rule, check for slash-star within the operator, and
+ * if found throw it back with yyless(). This handles the plus-slash-star
+ * problem.
+ * Dash-dash comments have similar interactions with the operator rule.
+ */
+/* Assorted special-case operators and operator-like tokens */
+/*
+ * These operator-like tokens (unlike the above ones) also match the {operator}
+ * rule, which means that they might be overridden by a longer match if they
+ * are followed by a comment start or a + or - character. Accordingly, if you
+ * add to this list, you must also add corresponding code to the {operator}
+ * block to return the correct token in such cases. (This is not needed in
+ * psqlscan.l since the token value is ignored there.)
+ */
+/*
+ * "self" is the set of chars that should be returned as single-character
+ * tokens. "op_chars" is the set of chars that can make up "Op" tokens,
+ * which can be one or more characters long (but if a single-char token
+ * appears in the "self" set, it is not to be returned as an Op). Note
+ * that the sets overlap, but each has some chars that are not in the other.
+ *
+ * If you change either set, adjust the character lists appearing in the
+ * rule for "operator"!
+ */
+/*
+ * Numbers
+ *
+ * Unary minus is not part of a number here. Instead we pass it separately to
+ * the parser, and there it gets coerced via doNegate().
+ *
+ * {decimalfail} is used because we would like "1..10" to lex as 1, dot_dot, 10.
+ *
+ * {realfail} is added to prevent the need for scanner
+ * backup when the {real} rule fails to match completely.
+ */
+/* psql-specific: characters allowed in variable names */
+/*
+ * Dollar quoted strings are totally opaque, and no escaping is done on them.
+ * Other quoted strings must allow some special characters such as single-quote
+ * and newline.
+ * Embedded single-quotes are implemented both in the SQL standard
+ * style of two adjacent single quotes "''" and in the Postgres/Java style
+ * of escaped-quote "\'".
+ * Other embedded escaped characters are matched explicitly and the leading
+ * backslash is dropped from the string.
+ * Note that xcstart must appear before operator, as explained above!
+ * Also whitespace (comment) must appear before operator.
+ */
+#line 2216 "psqlscan.c"
+
+#define INITIAL 0
+#define xb 1
+#define xc 2
+#define xd 3
+#define xh 4
+#define xq 5
+#define xqs 6
+#define xe 7
+#define xdolq 8
+#define xui 9
+#define xus 10
+
+#ifndef YY_NO_UNISTD_H
+/* Special case for "unistd.h", since it is non-ANSI. We include it way
+ * down here because we want the user's section 1 to have been scanned first.
+ * The user has a chance to override it with an option.
+ */
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YY_EXTRA_TYPE
+#define YY_EXTRA_TYPE void *
+#endif
+
+/* Holds the entire state of the reentrant scanner. */
+struct yyguts_t
+ {
+
+ /* User-defined. Not touched by flex. */
+ YY_EXTRA_TYPE yyextra_r;
+
+ /* The rest are the same as the globals declared in the non-reentrant scanner. */
+ FILE *yyin_r, *yyout_r;
+ size_t yy_buffer_stack_top; /**< index of top of stack. */
+ size_t yy_buffer_stack_max; /**< capacity of stack. */
+ YY_BUFFER_STATE * yy_buffer_stack; /**< Stack as an array. */
+ char yy_hold_char;
+ int yy_n_chars;
+ int yyleng_r;
+ char *yy_c_buf_p;
+ int yy_init;
+ int yy_start;
+ int yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof;
+ int yy_start_stack_ptr;
+ int yy_start_stack_depth;
+ int *yy_start_stack;
+ yy_state_type yy_last_accepting_state;
+ char* yy_last_accepting_cpos;
+
+ int yylineno_r;
+ int yy_flex_debug_r;
+
+ char *yytext_r;
+ int yy_more_flag;
+ int yy_more_len;
+
+ YYSTYPE * yylval_r;
+
+ }; /* end struct yyguts_t */
+
+static int yy_init_globals ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+ /* This must go here because YYSTYPE and YYLTYPE are included
+ * from bison output in section 1.*/
+ # define yylval yyg->yylval_r
+
+int yylex_init (yyscan_t* scanner);
+
+int yylex_init_extra ( YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined, yyscan_t* scanner);
+
+/* Accessor methods to globals.
+ These are made visible to non-reentrant scanners for convenience. */
+
+int yylex_destroy ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+int yyget_debug ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+void yyset_debug ( int debug_flag , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+YY_EXTRA_TYPE yyget_extra ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+void yyset_extra ( YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+FILE *yyget_in ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+void yyset_in ( FILE * _in_str , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+FILE *yyget_out ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+void yyset_out ( FILE * _out_str , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+ int yyget_leng ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+char *yyget_text ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+int yyget_lineno ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+void yyset_lineno ( int _line_number , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+int yyget_column ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+void yyset_column ( int _column_no , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+YYSTYPE * yyget_lval ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+void yyset_lval ( YYSTYPE * yylval_param , yyscan_t yyscanner );
+
+/* Macros after this point can all be overridden by user definitions in
+ * section 1.
+ */
+
+#ifndef YY_SKIP_YYWRAP
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" int yywrap ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+#else
+extern int yywrap ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef yytext_ptr
+static void yy_flex_strncpy ( char *, const char *, int , yyscan_t yyscanner);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN
+static int yy_flex_strlen ( const char * , yyscan_t yyscanner);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YY_NO_INPUT
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+static int yyinput ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+#else
+static int input ( yyscan_t yyscanner );
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* Amount of stuff to slurp up with each read. */
+#ifndef YY_READ_BUF_SIZE
+#ifdef __ia64__
+/* On IA-64, the buffer size is 16k, not 8k */
+#define YY_READ_BUF_SIZE 16384
+#else
+#define YY_READ_BUF_SIZE 8192
+#endif /* __ia64__ */
+#endif
+
+/* Copy whatever the last rule matched to the standard output. */
+#ifndef ECHO
+/* This used to be an fputs(), but since the string might contain NUL's,
+ * we now use fwrite().
+ */
+#define ECHO do { if (fwrite( yytext, (size_t) yyleng, 1, yyout )) {} } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/* Gets input and stuffs it into "buf". number of characters read, or YY_NULL,
+ * is returned in "result".
+ */
+#ifndef YY_INPUT
+#define YY_INPUT(buf,result,max_size) \
+ if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_is_interactive ) \
+ { \
+ int c = '*'; \
+ int n; \
+ for ( n = 0; n < max_size && \
+ (c = getc( yyin )) != EOF && c != '\n'; ++n ) \
+ buf[n] = (char) c; \
+ if ( c == '\n' ) \
+ buf[n++] = (char) c; \
+ if ( c == EOF && ferror( yyin ) ) \
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \
+ result = n; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ errno=0; \
+ while ( (result = (int) fread(buf, 1, (yy_size_t) max_size, yyin)) == 0 && ferror(yyin)) \
+ { \
+ if( errno != EINTR) \
+ { \
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "input in flex scanner failed" ); \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ errno=0; \
+ clearerr(yyin); \
+ } \
+ }\
+\
+
+#endif
+
+/* No semi-colon after return; correct usage is to write "yyterminate();" -
+ * we don't want an extra ';' after the "return" because that will cause
+ * some compilers to complain about unreachable statements.
+ */
+#ifndef yyterminate
+#define yyterminate() return YY_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Number of entries by which start-condition stack grows. */
+#ifndef YY_START_STACK_INCR
+#define YY_START_STACK_INCR 25
+#endif
+
+/* Report a fatal error. */
+#ifndef YY_FATAL_ERROR
+#define YY_FATAL_ERROR(msg) yy_fatal_error( msg , yyscanner)
+#endif
+
+/* end tables serialization structures and prototypes */
+
+/* Default declaration of generated scanner - a define so the user can
+ * easily add parameters.
+ */
+#ifndef YY_DECL
+#define YY_DECL_IS_OURS 1
+
+extern int yylex \
+ (YYSTYPE * yylval_param , yyscan_t yyscanner);
+
+#define YY_DECL int yylex \
+ (YYSTYPE * yylval_param , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+#endif /* !YY_DECL */
+
+/* Code executed at the beginning of each rule, after yytext and yyleng
+ * have been set up.
+ */
+#ifndef YY_USER_ACTION
+#define YY_USER_ACTION
+#endif
+
+/* Code executed at the end of each rule. */
+#ifndef YY_BREAK
+#define YY_BREAK /*LINTED*/break;
+#endif
+
+#define YY_RULE_SETUP \
+ YY_USER_ACTION
+
+/** The main scanner function which does all the work.
+ */
+YY_DECL
+{
+ yy_state_type yy_current_state;
+ char *yy_cp, *yy_bp;
+ int yy_act;
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ yylval = yylval_param;
+
+ if ( !yyg->yy_init )
+ {
+ yyg->yy_init = 1;
+
+#ifdef YY_USER_INIT
+ YY_USER_INIT;
+#endif
+
+ if ( ! yyg->yy_start )
+ yyg->yy_start = 1; /* first start state */
+
+ if ( ! yyin )
+ yyin = stdin;
+
+ if ( ! yyout )
+ yyout = stdout;
+
+ if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) {
+ yyensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner);
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE =
+ yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE , yyscanner);
+ }
+
+ yy_load_buffer_state( yyscanner );
+ }
+
+ {
+#line 364 "psqlscan.l"
+
+
+
+#line 368 "psqlscan.l"
+ /* Declare some local variables inside yylex(), for convenience */
+ PsqlScanState cur_state = yyextra;
+ PQExpBuffer output_buf = cur_state->output_buf;
+
+ /*
+ * Force flex into the state indicated by start_state. This has a
+ * couple of purposes: it lets some of the functions below set a new
+ * starting state without ugly direct access to flex variables, and it
+ * allows us to transition from one flex lexer to another so that we
+ * can lex different parts of the source string using separate lexers.
+ */
+ BEGIN(cur_state->start_state);
+
+
+#line 2517 "psqlscan.c"
+
+ while ( /*CONSTCOND*/1 ) /* loops until end-of-file is reached */
+ {
+ yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+
+ /* Support of yytext. */
+ *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char;
+
+ /* yy_bp points to the position in yy_ch_buf of the start of
+ * the current run.
+ */
+ yy_bp = yy_cp;
+
+ yy_current_state = yyg->yy_start;
+yy_match:
+ while ( (yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_current_state][ yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)] ]) > 0 )
+ ++yy_cp;
+
+ yy_current_state = -yy_current_state;
+
+yy_find_action:
+ yy_act = yy_accept[yy_current_state];
+
+ YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION;
+
+do_action: /* This label is used only to access EOF actions. */
+
+ switch ( yy_act )
+ { /* beginning of action switch */
+case 1:
+/* rule 1 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 382 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /*
+ * Note that the whitespace rule includes both true
+ * whitespace and single-line ("--" style) comments.
+ * We suppress whitespace until we have collected some
+ * non-whitespace data. (This interacts with some
+ * decisions in MainLoop(); see there for details.)
+ */
+ if (output_buf->len > 0)
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 2:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 394 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ cur_state->xcdepth = 0;
+ BEGIN(xc);
+ /* Put back any characters past slash-star; see above */
+ yyless(2);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+
+case 3:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 403 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ cur_state->xcdepth++;
+ /* Put back any characters past slash-star; see above */
+ yyless(2);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 4:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 410 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ if (cur_state->xcdepth <= 0)
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ else
+ cur_state->xcdepth--;
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 5:
+/* rule 5 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 418 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 6:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 422 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 7:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 426 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+/* <xc> */
+case 8:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 431 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ BEGIN(xb);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 9:
+/* rule 9 can match eol */
+#line 436 "psqlscan.l"
+case 10:
+/* rule 10 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 436 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 11:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 440 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* Hexadecimal bit type.
+ * At some point we should simply pass the string
+ * forward to the parser and label it there.
+ * In the meantime, place a leading "x" on the string
+ * to mark it for the input routine as a hex string.
+ */
+ BEGIN(xh);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 12:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 451 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ yyless(1); /* eat only 'n' this time */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 13:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 456 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ if (cur_state->std_strings)
+ BEGIN(xq);
+ else
+ BEGIN(xe);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 14:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 463 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ BEGIN(xe);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 15:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 467 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ BEGIN(xus);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 16:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 472 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /*
+ * When we are scanning a quoted string and see an end
+ * quote, we must look ahead for a possible continuation.
+ * If we don't see one, we know the end quote was in fact
+ * the end of the string. To reduce the lexer table size,
+ * we use a single "xqs" state to do the lookahead for all
+ * types of strings.
+ */
+ cur_state->state_before_str_stop = YYSTATE;
+ BEGIN(xqs);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 17:
+/* rule 17 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 485 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /*
+ * Found a quote continuation, so return to the in-quote
+ * state and continue scanning the literal. Nothing is
+ * added to the literal's contents.
+ */
+ BEGIN(cur_state->state_before_str_stop);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 18:
+/* rule 18 can match eol */
+#line 495 "psqlscan.l"
+case 19:
+/* rule 19 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 495 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /*
+ * Failed to see a quote continuation. Throw back
+ * everything after the end quote, and handle the string
+ * according to the state we were in previously.
+ */
+ yyless(0);
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ /* There's nothing to echo ... */
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 20:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 506 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 21:
+/* rule 21 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 509 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 22:
+/* rule 22 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 512 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 23:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 515 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 24:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 518 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 25:
+/* rule 25 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 521 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 26:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 524 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 27:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 527 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 28:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 530 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* This is only needed for \ just before EOF */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 29:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 535 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ cur_state->dolqstart = pg_strdup(yytext);
+ BEGIN(xdolq);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 30:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 540 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* throw back all but the initial "$" */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 31:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 545 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ if (strcmp(yytext, cur_state->dolqstart) == 0)
+ {
+ free(cur_state->dolqstart);
+ cur_state->dolqstart = NULL;
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * When we fail to match $...$ to dolqstart, transfer
+ * the $... part to the output, but put back the final
+ * $ for rescanning. Consider $delim$...$junk$delim$
+ */
+ yyless(yyleng - 1);
+ }
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 32:
+/* rule 32 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 563 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 33:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 566 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 34:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 569 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* This is only needed for $ inside the quoted text */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 35:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 574 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ BEGIN(xd);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 36:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 578 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ BEGIN(xui);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 37:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 582 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 38:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 586 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 39:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 590 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 40:
+/* rule 40 can match eol */
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 593 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 41:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 597 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* throw back all but the initial u/U */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 42:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 603 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 43:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 607 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 44:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 611 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 45:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 615 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 46:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 619 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 47:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 623 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 48:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 627 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 49:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 631 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+/*
+ * These rules are specific to psql --- they implement parenthesis
+ * counting and detection of command-ending semicolon. These must
+ * appear before the {self} rule so that they take precedence over it.
+ */
+case 50:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 641 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ cur_state->paren_depth++;
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 51:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 646 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ if (cur_state->paren_depth > 0)
+ cur_state->paren_depth--;
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 52:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 652 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ if (cur_state->paren_depth == 0 && cur_state->begin_depth == 0)
+ {
+ /* Terminate lexing temporarily */
+ cur_state->start_state = YY_START;
+ cur_state->identifier_count = 0;
+ return LEXRES_SEMI;
+ }
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+/*
+ * psql-specific rules to handle backslash commands and variable
+ * substitution. We want these before {self}, also.
+ */
+case 53:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 668 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* Force a semi-colon or colon into the query buffer */
+ psqlscan_emit(cur_state, yytext + 1, 1);
+ if (yytext[1] == ';')
+ cur_state->identifier_count = 0;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 54:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 675 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* Terminate lexing temporarily */
+ cur_state->start_state = YY_START;
+ return LEXRES_BACKSLASH;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 55:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 681 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* Possible psql variable substitution */
+ char *varname;
+ char *value;
+
+ varname = psqlscan_extract_substring(cur_state,
+ yytext + 1,
+ yyleng - 1);
+ if (cur_state->callbacks->get_variable)
+ value = cur_state->callbacks->get_variable(varname,
+ PQUOTE_PLAIN,
+ cur_state->cb_passthrough);
+ else
+ value = NULL;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ /* It is a variable, check for recursion */
+ if (psqlscan_var_is_current_source(cur_state, varname))
+ {
+ /* Recursive expansion --- don't go there */
+ pg_log_warning("skipping recursive expansion of variable \"%s\"",
+ varname);
+ /* Instead copy the string as is */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* OK, perform substitution */
+ psqlscan_push_new_buffer(cur_state, value, varname);
+ /* yy_scan_string already made buffer active */
+ }
+ free(value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * if the variable doesn't exist we'll copy the string
+ * as is
+ */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+ free(varname);
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 56:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 727 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ psqlscan_escape_variable(cur_state, yytext, yyleng,
+ PQUOTE_SQL_LITERAL);
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 57:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 732 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ psqlscan_escape_variable(cur_state, yytext, yyleng,
+ PQUOTE_SQL_IDENT);
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 58:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 737 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ psqlscan_test_variable(cur_state, yytext, yyleng);
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+/*
+ * These rules just avoid the need for scanner backup if one of the
+ * three rules above fails to match completely.
+ */
+case 59:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 746 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* Throw back everything but the colon */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 60:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 752 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* Throw back everything but the colon */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 61:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 758 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* Throw back everything but the colon */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 62:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 763 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* Throw back everything but the colon */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+/*
+ * Back to backend-compatible rules.
+ */
+case 63:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 773 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 64:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 777 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /*
+ * Check for embedded slash-star or dash-dash; those
+ * are comment starts, so operator must stop there.
+ * Note that slash-star or dash-dash at the first
+ * character will match a prior rule, not this one.
+ */
+ int nchars = yyleng;
+ char *slashstar = strstr(yytext, "/*");
+ char *dashdash = strstr(yytext, "--");
+
+ if (slashstar && dashdash)
+ {
+ /* if both appear, take the first one */
+ if (slashstar > dashdash)
+ slashstar = dashdash;
+ }
+ else if (!slashstar)
+ slashstar = dashdash;
+ if (slashstar)
+ nchars = slashstar - yytext;
+
+ /*
+ * For SQL compatibility, '+' and '-' cannot be the
+ * last char of a multi-char operator unless the operator
+ * contains chars that are not in SQL operators.
+ * The idea is to lex '=-' as two operators, but not
+ * to forbid operator names like '?-' that could not be
+ * sequences of SQL operators.
+ */
+ if (nchars > 1 &&
+ (yytext[nchars - 1] == '+' ||
+ yytext[nchars - 1] == '-'))
+ {
+ int ic;
+
+ for (ic = nchars - 2; ic >= 0; ic--)
+ {
+ char c = yytext[ic];
+ if (c == '~' || c == '!' || c == '@' ||
+ c == '#' || c == '^' || c == '&' ||
+ c == '|' || c == '`' || c == '?' ||
+ c == '%')
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ic < 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * didn't find a qualifying character, so remove
+ * all trailing [+-]
+ */
+ do {
+ nchars--;
+ } while (nchars > 1 &&
+ (yytext[nchars - 1] == '+' ||
+ yytext[nchars - 1] == '-'));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (nchars < yyleng)
+ {
+ /* Strip the unwanted chars from the token */
+ yyless(nchars);
+ }
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 65:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 844 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 66:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 847 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 67:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 851 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 68:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 854 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 69:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 857 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /* throw back the .., and treat as integer */
+ yyless(yyleng - 2);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 70:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 862 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 71:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 865 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 72:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 868 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 73:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 871 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 74:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 874 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 75:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 879 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ /*
+ * We need to track if we are inside a BEGIN .. END block
+ * in a function definition, so that semicolons contained
+ * therein don't terminate the whole statement. Short of
+ * writing a full parser here, the following heuristic
+ * should work. First, we track whether the beginning of
+ * the statement matches CREATE [OR REPLACE]
+ * {FUNCTION|PROCEDURE}
+ */
+
+ if (cur_state->identifier_count == 0)
+ memset(cur_state->identifiers, 0, sizeof(cur_state->identifiers));
+
+ if (pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "create") == 0 ||
+ pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "function") == 0 ||
+ pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "procedure") == 0 ||
+ pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "or") == 0 ||
+ pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "replace") == 0)
+ {
+ if (cur_state->identifier_count < sizeof(cur_state->identifiers))
+ cur_state->identifiers[cur_state->identifier_count] = pg_tolower((unsigned char) yytext[0]);
+ }
+
+ cur_state->identifier_count++;
+
+ if (cur_state->identifiers[0] == 'c' &&
+ (cur_state->identifiers[1] == 'f' || cur_state->identifiers[1] == 'p' ||
+ (cur_state->identifiers[1] == 'o' && cur_state->identifiers[2] == 'r' &&
+ (cur_state->identifiers[3] == 'f' || cur_state->identifiers[3] == 'p'))) &&
+ cur_state->paren_depth == 0)
+ {
+ if (pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "begin") == 0)
+ cur_state->begin_depth++;
+ else if (pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "case") == 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * CASE also ends with END. We only need to track
+ * this if we are already inside a BEGIN.
+ */
+ if (cur_state->begin_depth >= 1)
+ cur_state->begin_depth++;
+ }
+ else if (pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "end") == 0)
+ {
+ if (cur_state->begin_depth > 0)
+ cur_state->begin_depth--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 76:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 932 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case YY_STATE_EOF(INITIAL):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xb):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xc):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xd):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xh):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xq):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xqs):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xe):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xdolq):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xui):
+case YY_STATE_EOF(xus):
+#line 936 "psqlscan.l"
+{
+ if (cur_state->buffer_stack == NULL)
+ {
+ cur_state->start_state = YY_START;
+ return LEXRES_EOL; /* end of input reached */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We were expanding a variable, so pop the inclusion
+ * stack and keep lexing
+ */
+ psqlscan_pop_buffer_stack(cur_state);
+ psqlscan_select_top_buffer(cur_state);
+ }
+ YY_BREAK
+case 77:
+YY_RULE_SETUP
+#line 951 "psqlscan.l"
+YY_FATAL_ERROR( "flex scanner jammed" );
+ YY_BREAK
+#line 3396 "psqlscan.c"
+
+ case YY_END_OF_BUFFER:
+ {
+ /* Amount of text matched not including the EOB char. */
+ int yy_amount_of_matched_text = (int) (yy_cp - yyg->yytext_ptr) - 1;
+
+ /* Undo the effects of YY_DO_BEFORE_ACTION. */
+ *yy_cp = yyg->yy_hold_char;
+ YY_RESTORE_YY_MORE_OFFSET
+
+ if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_NEW )
+ {
+ /* We're scanning a new file or input source. It's
+ * possible that this happened because the user
+ * just pointed yyin at a new source and called
+ * yylex(). If so, then we have to assure
+ * consistency between YY_CURRENT_BUFFER and our
+ * globals. Here is the right place to do so, because
+ * this is the first action (other than possibly a
+ * back-up) that will match for the new input source.
+ */
+ yyg->yy_n_chars = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_input_file = yyin;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NORMAL;
+ }
+
+ /* Note that here we test for yy_c_buf_p "<=" to the position
+ * of the first EOB in the buffer, since yy_c_buf_p will
+ * already have been incremented past the NUL character
+ * (since all states make transitions on EOB to the
+ * end-of-buffer state). Contrast this with the test
+ * in input().
+ */
+ if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p <= &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars] )
+ { /* This was really a NUL. */
+ yy_state_type yy_next_state;
+
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text;
+
+ yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( yyscanner );
+
+ /* Okay, we're now positioned to make the NUL
+ * transition. We couldn't have
+ * yy_get_previous_state() go ahead and do it
+ * for us because it doesn't know how to deal
+ * with the possibility of jamming (and we don't
+ * want to build jamming into it because then it
+ * will run more slowly).
+ */
+
+ yy_next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( yy_current_state , yyscanner);
+
+ yy_bp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ;
+
+ if ( yy_next_state )
+ {
+ /* Consume the NUL. */
+ yy_cp = ++yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+ yy_current_state = yy_next_state;
+ goto yy_match;
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+ goto yy_find_action;
+ }
+ }
+
+ else switch ( yy_get_next_buffer( yyscanner ) )
+ {
+ case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE:
+ {
+ yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 0;
+
+ if ( yywrap( yyscanner ) )
+ {
+ /* Note: because we've taken care in
+ * yy_get_next_buffer() to have set up
+ * yytext, we can now set up
+ * yy_c_buf_p so that if some total
+ * hoser (like flex itself) wants to
+ * call the scanner after we return the
+ * YY_NULL, it'll still work - another
+ * YY_NULL will get returned.
+ */
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ;
+
+ yy_act = YY_STATE_EOF(YY_START);
+ goto do_action;
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ if ( ! yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof )
+ YY_NEW_FILE;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN:
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p =
+ yyg->yytext_ptr + yy_amount_of_matched_text;
+
+ yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( yyscanner );
+
+ yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+ yy_bp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ;
+ goto yy_match;
+
+ case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH:
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p =
+ &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars];
+
+ yy_current_state = yy_get_previous_state( yyscanner );
+
+ yy_cp = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+ yy_bp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ;
+ goto yy_find_action;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR(
+ "fatal flex scanner internal error--no action found" );
+ } /* end of action switch */
+ } /* end of scanning one token */
+ } /* end of user's declarations */
+} /* end of yylex */
+
+/* yy_get_next_buffer - try to read in a new buffer
+ *
+ * Returns a code representing an action:
+ * EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH -
+ * EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN - continue scanning from current position
+ * EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE - end of file
+ */
+static int yy_get_next_buffer (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ char *dest = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf;
+ char *source = yyg->yytext_ptr;
+ int number_to_move, i;
+ int ret_val;
+
+ if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p > &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars + 1] )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR(
+ "fatal flex scanner internal error--end of buffer missed" );
+
+ if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_fill_buffer == 0 )
+ { /* Don't try to fill the buffer, so this is an EOF. */
+ if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p - yyg->yytext_ptr - YY_MORE_ADJ == 1 )
+ {
+ /* We matched a single character, the EOB, so
+ * treat this as a final EOF.
+ */
+ return EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE;
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ /* We matched some text prior to the EOB, first
+ * process it.
+ */
+ return EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Try to read more data. */
+
+ /* First move last chars to start of buffer. */
+ number_to_move = (int) (yyg->yy_c_buf_p - yyg->yytext_ptr - 1);
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < number_to_move; ++i )
+ *(dest++) = *(source++);
+
+ if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status == YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING )
+ /* don't do the read, it's not guaranteed to return an EOF,
+ * just force an EOF
+ */
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars = 0;
+
+ else
+ {
+ int num_to_read =
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size - number_to_move - 1;
+
+ while ( num_to_read <= 0 )
+ { /* Not enough room in the buffer - grow it. */
+
+ /* just a shorter name for the current buffer */
+ YY_BUFFER_STATE b = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE;
+
+ int yy_c_buf_p_offset =
+ (int) (yyg->yy_c_buf_p - b->yy_ch_buf);
+
+ if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer )
+ {
+ int new_size = b->yy_buf_size * 2;
+
+ if ( new_size <= 0 )
+ b->yy_buf_size += b->yy_buf_size / 8;
+ else
+ b->yy_buf_size *= 2;
+
+ b->yy_ch_buf = (char *)
+ /* Include room in for 2 EOB chars. */
+ yyrealloc( (void *) b->yy_ch_buf,
+ (yy_size_t) (b->yy_buf_size + 2) , yyscanner );
+ }
+ else
+ /* Can't grow it, we don't own it. */
+ b->yy_ch_buf = NULL;
+
+ if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR(
+ "fatal error - scanner input buffer overflow" );
+
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p = &b->yy_ch_buf[yy_c_buf_p_offset];
+
+ num_to_read = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size -
+ number_to_move - 1;
+
+ }
+
+ if ( num_to_read > YY_READ_BUF_SIZE )
+ num_to_read = YY_READ_BUF_SIZE;
+
+ /* Read in more data. */
+ YY_INPUT( (&YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[number_to_move]),
+ yyg->yy_n_chars, num_to_read );
+
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars;
+ }
+
+ if ( yyg->yy_n_chars == 0 )
+ {
+ if ( number_to_move == YY_MORE_ADJ )
+ {
+ ret_val = EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE;
+ yyrestart( yyin , yyscanner);
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
+ ret_val = EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buffer_status =
+ YY_BUFFER_EOF_PENDING;
+ }
+ }
+
+ else
+ ret_val = EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN;
+
+ if ((yyg->yy_n_chars + number_to_move) > YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size) {
+ /* Extend the array by 50%, plus the number we really need. */
+ int new_size = yyg->yy_n_chars + number_to_move + (yyg->yy_n_chars >> 1);
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf = (char *) yyrealloc(
+ (void *) YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf, (yy_size_t) new_size , yyscanner );
+ if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_get_next_buffer()" );
+ /* "- 2" to take care of EOB's */
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_size = (int) (new_size - 2);
+ }
+
+ yyg->yy_n_chars += number_to_move;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars + 1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+
+ yyg->yytext_ptr = &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[0];
+
+ return ret_val;
+}
+
+/* yy_get_previous_state - get the state just before the EOB char was reached */
+
+ static yy_state_type yy_get_previous_state (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ yy_state_type yy_current_state;
+ char *yy_cp;
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ yy_current_state = yyg->yy_start;
+
+ for ( yy_cp = yyg->yytext_ptr + YY_MORE_ADJ; yy_cp < yyg->yy_c_buf_p; ++yy_cp )
+ {
+ yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_current_state][(*yy_cp ? yy_ec[YY_SC_TO_UI(*yy_cp)] : 1)];
+ }
+
+ return yy_current_state;
+}
+
+/* yy_try_NUL_trans - try to make a transition on the NUL character
+ *
+ * synopsis
+ * next_state = yy_try_NUL_trans( current_state );
+ */
+ static yy_state_type yy_try_NUL_trans (yy_state_type yy_current_state , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ int yy_is_jam;
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner; /* This var may be unused depending upon options. */
+
+ yy_current_state = yy_nxt[yy_current_state][1];
+ yy_is_jam = (yy_current_state <= 0);
+
+ (void)yyg;
+ return yy_is_jam ? 0 : yy_current_state;
+}
+
+#ifndef YY_NO_UNPUT
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YY_NO_INPUT
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ static int yyinput (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+#else
+ static int input (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+#endif
+
+{
+ int c;
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yy_hold_char;
+
+ if ( *yyg->yy_c_buf_p == YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR )
+ {
+ /* yy_c_buf_p now points to the character we want to return.
+ * If this occurs *before* the EOB characters, then it's a
+ * valid NUL; if not, then we've hit the end of the buffer.
+ */
+ if ( yyg->yy_c_buf_p < &YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_ch_buf[yyg->yy_n_chars] )
+ /* This was really a NUL. */
+ *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = '\0';
+
+ else
+ { /* need more input */
+ int offset = (int) (yyg->yy_c_buf_p - yyg->yytext_ptr);
+ ++yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+
+ switch ( yy_get_next_buffer( yyscanner ) )
+ {
+ case EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH:
+ /* This happens because yy_g_n_b()
+ * sees that we've accumulated a
+ * token and flags that we need to
+ * try matching the token before
+ * proceeding. But for input(),
+ * there's no matching to consider.
+ * So convert the EOB_ACT_LAST_MATCH
+ * to EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE.
+ */
+
+ /* Reset buffer status. */
+ yyrestart( yyin , yyscanner);
+
+ /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+
+ case EOB_ACT_END_OF_FILE:
+ {
+ if ( yywrap( yyscanner ) )
+ return 0;
+
+ if ( ! yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof )
+ YY_NEW_FILE;
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ return yyinput(yyscanner);
+#else
+ return input(yyscanner);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ case EOB_ACT_CONTINUE_SCAN:
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yytext_ptr + offset;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ c = *(unsigned char *) yyg->yy_c_buf_p; /* cast for 8-bit char's */
+ *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; /* preserve yytext */
+ yyg->yy_hold_char = *++yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+
+ return c;
+}
+#endif /* ifndef YY_NO_INPUT */
+
+/** Immediately switch to a different input stream.
+ * @param input_file A readable stream.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ * @note This function does not reset the start condition to @c INITIAL .
+ */
+ void yyrestart (FILE * input_file , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ if ( ! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ){
+ yyensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner);
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE =
+ yy_create_buffer( yyin, YY_BUF_SIZE , yyscanner);
+ }
+
+ yy_init_buffer( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER, input_file , yyscanner);
+ yy_load_buffer_state( yyscanner );
+}
+
+/** Switch to a different input buffer.
+ * @param new_buffer The new input buffer.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+ void yy_switch_to_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ /* TODO. We should be able to replace this entire function body
+ * with
+ * yypop_buffer_state();
+ * yypush_buffer_state(new_buffer);
+ */
+ yyensure_buffer_stack (yyscanner);
+ if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER == new_buffer )
+ return;
+
+ if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
+ {
+ /* Flush out information for old buffer. */
+ *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yy_hold_char;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars;
+ }
+
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = new_buffer;
+ yy_load_buffer_state( yyscanner );
+
+ /* We don't actually know whether we did this switch during
+ * EOF (yywrap()) processing, but the only time this flag
+ * is looked at is after yywrap() is called, so it's safe
+ * to go ahead and always set it.
+ */
+ yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1;
+}
+
+static void yy_load_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ yyg->yy_n_chars = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars;
+ yyg->yytext_ptr = yyg->yy_c_buf_p = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos;
+ yyin = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_input_file;
+ yyg->yy_hold_char = *yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+}
+
+/** Allocate and initialize an input buffer state.
+ * @param file A readable stream.
+ * @param size The character buffer size in bytes. When in doubt, use @c YY_BUF_SIZE.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ * @return the allocated buffer state.
+ */
+ YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer (FILE * file, int size , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ YY_BUFFER_STATE b;
+
+ b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) yyalloc( sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) , yyscanner );
+ if ( ! b )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_create_buffer()" );
+
+ b->yy_buf_size = size;
+
+ /* yy_ch_buf has to be 2 characters longer than the size given because
+ * we need to put in 2 end-of-buffer characters.
+ */
+ b->yy_ch_buf = (char *) yyalloc( (yy_size_t) (b->yy_buf_size + 2) , yyscanner );
+ if ( ! b->yy_ch_buf )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_create_buffer()" );
+
+ b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1;
+
+ yy_init_buffer( b, file , yyscanner);
+
+ return b;
+}
+
+/** Destroy the buffer.
+ * @param b a buffer created with yy_create_buffer()
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+ void yy_delete_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ if ( ! b )
+ return;
+
+ if ( b == YY_CURRENT_BUFFER ) /* Not sure if we should pop here. */
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) 0;
+
+ if ( b->yy_is_our_buffer )
+ yyfree( (void *) b->yy_ch_buf , yyscanner );
+
+ yyfree( (void *) b , yyscanner );
+}
+
+/* Initializes or reinitializes a buffer.
+ * This function is sometimes called more than once on the same buffer,
+ * such as during a yyrestart() or at EOF.
+ */
+ static void yy_init_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b, FILE * file , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+
+{
+ int oerrno = errno;
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ yy_flush_buffer( b , yyscanner);
+
+ b->yy_input_file = file;
+ b->yy_fill_buffer = 1;
+
+ /* If b is the current buffer, then yy_init_buffer was _probably_
+ * called from yyrestart() or through yy_get_next_buffer.
+ * In that case, we don't want to reset the lineno or column.
+ */
+ if (b != YY_CURRENT_BUFFER){
+ b->yy_bs_lineno = 1;
+ b->yy_bs_column = 0;
+ }
+
+ b->yy_is_interactive = 0;
+
+ errno = oerrno;
+}
+
+/** Discard all buffered characters. On the next scan, YY_INPUT will be called.
+ * @param b the buffer state to be flushed, usually @c YY_CURRENT_BUFFER.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+ void yy_flush_buffer (YY_BUFFER_STATE b , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ if ( ! b )
+ return;
+
+ b->yy_n_chars = 0;
+
+ /* We always need two end-of-buffer characters. The first causes
+ * a transition to the end-of-buffer state. The second causes
+ * a jam in that state.
+ */
+ b->yy_ch_buf[0] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+ b->yy_ch_buf[1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+
+ b->yy_buf_pos = &b->yy_ch_buf[0];
+
+ b->yy_at_bol = 1;
+ b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW;
+
+ if ( b == YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
+ yy_load_buffer_state( yyscanner );
+}
+
+/** Pushes the new state onto the stack. The new state becomes
+ * the current state. This function will allocate the stack
+ * if necessary.
+ * @param new_buffer The new state.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+void yypush_buffer_state (YY_BUFFER_STATE new_buffer , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ if (new_buffer == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ yyensure_buffer_stack(yyscanner);
+
+ /* This block is copied from yy_switch_to_buffer. */
+ if ( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
+ {
+ /* Flush out information for old buffer. */
+ *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yyg->yy_hold_char;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_buf_pos = yyg->yy_c_buf_p;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE->yy_n_chars = yyg->yy_n_chars;
+ }
+
+ /* Only push if top exists. Otherwise, replace top. */
+ if (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER)
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top++;
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = new_buffer;
+
+ /* copied from yy_switch_to_buffer. */
+ yy_load_buffer_state( yyscanner );
+ yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1;
+}
+
+/** Removes and deletes the top of the stack, if present.
+ * The next element becomes the new top.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+void yypop_buffer_state (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ if (!YY_CURRENT_BUFFER)
+ return;
+
+ yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER , yyscanner);
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = NULL;
+ if (yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top > 0)
+ --yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top;
+
+ if (YY_CURRENT_BUFFER) {
+ yy_load_buffer_state( yyscanner );
+ yyg->yy_did_buffer_switch_on_eof = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Allocates the stack if it does not exist.
+ * Guarantees space for at least one push.
+ */
+static void yyensure_buffer_stack (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ yy_size_t num_to_alloc;
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ if (!yyg->yy_buffer_stack) {
+
+ /* First allocation is just for 2 elements, since we don't know if this
+ * scanner will even need a stack. We use 2 instead of 1 to avoid an
+ * immediate realloc on the next call.
+ */
+ num_to_alloc = 1; /* After all that talk, this was set to 1 anyways... */
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack = (struct yy_buffer_state**)yyalloc
+ (num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*)
+ , yyscanner);
+ if ( ! yyg->yy_buffer_stack )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yyensure_buffer_stack()" );
+
+ memset(yyg->yy_buffer_stack, 0, num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*));
+
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max = num_to_alloc;
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top >= (yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max) - 1){
+
+ /* Increase the buffer to prepare for a possible push. */
+ yy_size_t grow_size = 8 /* arbitrary grow size */;
+
+ num_to_alloc = yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max + grow_size;
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack = (struct yy_buffer_state**)yyrealloc
+ (yyg->yy_buffer_stack,
+ num_to_alloc * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*)
+ , yyscanner);
+ if ( ! yyg->yy_buffer_stack )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yyensure_buffer_stack()" );
+
+ /* zero only the new slots.*/
+ memset(yyg->yy_buffer_stack + yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max, 0, grow_size * sizeof(struct yy_buffer_state*));
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max = num_to_alloc;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Setup the input buffer state to scan directly from a user-specified character buffer.
+ * @param base the character buffer
+ * @param size the size in bytes of the character buffer
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ * @return the newly allocated buffer state object.
+ */
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_buffer (char * base, yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ YY_BUFFER_STATE b;
+
+ if ( size < 2 ||
+ base[size-2] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR ||
+ base[size-1] != YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR )
+ /* They forgot to leave room for the EOB's. */
+ return NULL;
+
+ b = (YY_BUFFER_STATE) yyalloc( sizeof( struct yy_buffer_state ) , yyscanner );
+ if ( ! b )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_scan_buffer()" );
+
+ b->yy_buf_size = (int) (size - 2); /* "- 2" to take care of EOB's */
+ b->yy_buf_pos = b->yy_ch_buf = base;
+ b->yy_is_our_buffer = 0;
+ b->yy_input_file = NULL;
+ b->yy_n_chars = b->yy_buf_size;
+ b->yy_is_interactive = 0;
+ b->yy_at_bol = 1;
+ b->yy_fill_buffer = 0;
+ b->yy_buffer_status = YY_BUFFER_NEW;
+
+ yy_switch_to_buffer( b , yyscanner );
+
+ return b;
+}
+
+/** Setup the input buffer state to scan a string. The next call to yylex() will
+ * scan from a @e copy of @a str.
+ * @param yystr a NUL-terminated string to scan
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ * @return the newly allocated buffer state object.
+ * @note If you want to scan bytes that may contain NUL values, then use
+ * yy_scan_bytes() instead.
+ */
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_string (const char * yystr , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+
+ return yy_scan_bytes( yystr, (int) strlen(yystr) , yyscanner);
+}
+
+/** Setup the input buffer state to scan the given bytes. The next call to yylex() will
+ * scan from a @e copy of @a bytes.
+ * @param yybytes the byte buffer to scan
+ * @param _yybytes_len the number of bytes in the buffer pointed to by @a bytes.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ * @return the newly allocated buffer state object.
+ */
+YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_scan_bytes (const char * yybytes, int _yybytes_len , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ YY_BUFFER_STATE b;
+ char *buf;
+ yy_size_t n;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Get memory for full buffer, including space for trailing EOB's. */
+ n = (yy_size_t) (_yybytes_len + 2);
+ buf = (char *) yyalloc( n , yyscanner );
+ if ( ! buf )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "out of dynamic memory in yy_scan_bytes()" );
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < _yybytes_len; ++i )
+ buf[i] = yybytes[i];
+
+ buf[_yybytes_len] = buf[_yybytes_len+1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+
+ b = yy_scan_buffer( buf, n , yyscanner);
+ if ( ! b )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "bad buffer in yy_scan_bytes()" );
+
+ /* It's okay to grow etc. this buffer, and we should throw it
+ * away when we're done.
+ */
+ b->yy_is_our_buffer = 1;
+
+ return b;
+}
+
+#ifndef YY_EXIT_FAILURE
+#define YY_EXIT_FAILURE 2
+#endif
+
+static void yynoreturn yy_fatal_error (const char* msg , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ (void)yyg;
+ fprintf( stderr, "%s\n", msg );
+ exit( YY_EXIT_FAILURE );
+}
+
+/* Redefine yyless() so it works in section 3 code. */
+
+#undef yyless
+#define yyless(n) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ /* Undo effects of setting up yytext. */ \
+ int yyless_macro_arg = (n); \
+ YY_LESS_LINENO(yyless_macro_arg);\
+ yytext[yyleng] = yyg->yy_hold_char; \
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p = yytext + yyless_macro_arg; \
+ yyg->yy_hold_char = *yyg->yy_c_buf_p; \
+ *yyg->yy_c_buf_p = '\0'; \
+ yyleng = yyless_macro_arg; \
+ } \
+ while ( 0 )
+
+/* Accessor methods (get/set functions) to struct members. */
+
+/** Get the user-defined data for this scanner.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+YY_EXTRA_TYPE yyget_extra (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ return yyextra;
+}
+
+/** Get the current line number.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+int yyget_lineno (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER)
+ return 0;
+
+ return yylineno;
+}
+
+/** Get the current column number.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+int yyget_column (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER)
+ return 0;
+
+ return yycolumn;
+}
+
+/** Get the input stream.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+FILE *yyget_in (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ return yyin;
+}
+
+/** Get the output stream.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+FILE *yyget_out (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ return yyout;
+}
+
+/** Get the length of the current token.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+int yyget_leng (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ return yyleng;
+}
+
+/** Get the current token.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+
+char *yyget_text (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ return yytext;
+}
+
+/** Set the user-defined data. This data is never touched by the scanner.
+ * @param user_defined The data to be associated with this scanner.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+void yyset_extra (YY_EXTRA_TYPE user_defined , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ yyextra = user_defined ;
+}
+
+/** Set the current line number.
+ * @param _line_number line number
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+void yyset_lineno (int _line_number , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ /* lineno is only valid if an input buffer exists. */
+ if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "yyset_lineno called with no buffer" );
+
+ yylineno = _line_number;
+}
+
+/** Set the current column.
+ * @param _column_no column number
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ */
+void yyset_column (int _column_no , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ /* column is only valid if an input buffer exists. */
+ if (! YY_CURRENT_BUFFER )
+ YY_FATAL_ERROR( "yyset_column called with no buffer" );
+
+ yycolumn = _column_no;
+}
+
+/** Set the input stream. This does not discard the current
+ * input buffer.
+ * @param _in_str A readable stream.
+ * @param yyscanner The scanner object.
+ * @see yy_switch_to_buffer
+ */
+void yyset_in (FILE * _in_str , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ yyin = _in_str ;
+}
+
+void yyset_out (FILE * _out_str , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ yyout = _out_str ;
+}
+
+int yyget_debug (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ return yy_flex_debug;
+}
+
+void yyset_debug (int _bdebug , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ yy_flex_debug = _bdebug ;
+}
+
+/* Accessor methods for yylval and yylloc */
+
+YYSTYPE * yyget_lval (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ return yylval;
+}
+
+void yyset_lval (YYSTYPE * yylval_param , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ yylval = yylval_param;
+}
+
+/* User-visible API */
+
+/* yylex_init is special because it creates the scanner itself, so it is
+ * the ONLY reentrant function that doesn't take the scanner as the last argument.
+ * That's why we explicitly handle the declaration, instead of using our macros.
+ */
+int yylex_init(yyscan_t* ptr_yy_globals)
+{
+ if (ptr_yy_globals == NULL){
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ *ptr_yy_globals = (yyscan_t) yyalloc ( sizeof( struct yyguts_t ), NULL );
+
+ if (*ptr_yy_globals == NULL){
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* By setting to 0xAA, we expose bugs in yy_init_globals. Leave at 0x00 for releases. */
+ memset(*ptr_yy_globals,0x00,sizeof(struct yyguts_t));
+
+ return yy_init_globals ( *ptr_yy_globals );
+}
+
+/* yylex_init_extra has the same functionality as yylex_init, but follows the
+ * convention of taking the scanner as the last argument. Note however, that
+ * this is a *pointer* to a scanner, as it will be allocated by this call (and
+ * is the reason, too, why this function also must handle its own declaration).
+ * The user defined value in the first argument will be available to yyalloc in
+ * the yyextra field.
+ */
+int yylex_init_extra( YY_EXTRA_TYPE yy_user_defined, yyscan_t* ptr_yy_globals )
+{
+ struct yyguts_t dummy_yyguts;
+
+ yyset_extra (yy_user_defined, &dummy_yyguts);
+
+ if (ptr_yy_globals == NULL){
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ *ptr_yy_globals = (yyscan_t) yyalloc ( sizeof( struct yyguts_t ), &dummy_yyguts );
+
+ if (*ptr_yy_globals == NULL){
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* By setting to 0xAA, we expose bugs in
+ yy_init_globals. Leave at 0x00 for releases. */
+ memset(*ptr_yy_globals,0x00,sizeof(struct yyguts_t));
+
+ yyset_extra (yy_user_defined, *ptr_yy_globals);
+
+ return yy_init_globals ( *ptr_yy_globals );
+}
+
+static int yy_init_globals (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ /* Initialization is the same as for the non-reentrant scanner.
+ * This function is called from yylex_destroy(), so don't allocate here.
+ */
+
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack = NULL;
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack_top = 0;
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack_max = 0;
+ yyg->yy_c_buf_p = NULL;
+ yyg->yy_init = 0;
+ yyg->yy_start = 0;
+
+ yyg->yy_start_stack_ptr = 0;
+ yyg->yy_start_stack_depth = 0;
+ yyg->yy_start_stack = NULL;
+
+/* Defined in main.c */
+#ifdef YY_STDINIT
+ yyin = stdin;
+ yyout = stdout;
+#else
+ yyin = NULL;
+ yyout = NULL;
+#endif
+
+ /* For future reference: Set errno on error, since we are called by
+ * yylex_init()
+ */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* yylex_destroy is for both reentrant and non-reentrant scanners. */
+int yylex_destroy (yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+
+ /* Pop the buffer stack, destroying each element. */
+ while(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER){
+ yy_delete_buffer( YY_CURRENT_BUFFER , yyscanner );
+ YY_CURRENT_BUFFER_LVALUE = NULL;
+ yypop_buffer_state(yyscanner);
+ }
+
+ /* Destroy the stack itself. */
+ yyfree(yyg->yy_buffer_stack , yyscanner);
+ yyg->yy_buffer_stack = NULL;
+
+ /* Destroy the start condition stack. */
+ yyfree( yyg->yy_start_stack , yyscanner );
+ yyg->yy_start_stack = NULL;
+
+ /* Reset the globals. This is important in a non-reentrant scanner so the next time
+ * yylex() is called, initialization will occur. */
+ yy_init_globals( yyscanner);
+
+ /* Destroy the main struct (reentrant only). */
+ yyfree ( yyscanner , yyscanner );
+ yyscanner = NULL;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Internal utility routines.
+ */
+
+#ifndef yytext_ptr
+static void yy_flex_strncpy (char* s1, const char * s2, int n , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ (void)yyg;
+
+ int i;
+ for ( i = 0; i < n; ++i )
+ s1[i] = s2[i];
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YY_NEED_STRLEN
+static int yy_flex_strlen (const char * s , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ int n;
+ for ( n = 0; s[n]; ++n )
+ ;
+
+ return n;
+}
+#endif
+
+void *yyalloc (yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ (void)yyg;
+ return malloc(size);
+}
+
+void *yyrealloc (void * ptr, yy_size_t size , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ (void)yyg;
+
+ /* The cast to (char *) in the following accommodates both
+ * implementations that use char* generic pointers, and those
+ * that use void* generic pointers. It works with the latter
+ * because both ANSI C and C++ allow castless assignment from
+ * any pointer type to void*, and deal with argument conversions
+ * as though doing an assignment.
+ */
+ return realloc(ptr, size);
+}
+
+void yyfree (void * ptr , yyscan_t yyscanner)
+{
+ struct yyguts_t * yyg = (struct yyguts_t*)yyscanner;
+ (void)yyg;
+ free( (char *) ptr ); /* see yyrealloc() for (char *) cast */
+}
+
+#define YYTABLES_NAME "yytables"
+
+#line 951 "psqlscan.l"
+
+
+/* LCOV_EXCL_STOP */
+
+/*
+ * Create a lexer working state struct.
+ *
+ * callbacks is a struct of function pointers that encapsulate some
+ * behavior we need from the surrounding program. This struct must
+ * remain valid for the lifespan of the PsqlScanState.
+ */
+PsqlScanState
+psql_scan_create(const PsqlScanCallbacks *callbacks)
+{
+ PsqlScanState state;
+
+ state = (PsqlScanStateData *) pg_malloc0(sizeof(PsqlScanStateData));
+
+ state->callbacks = callbacks;
+
+ yylex_init(&state->scanner);
+
+ yyset_extra(state, state->scanner);
+
+ psql_scan_reset(state);
+
+ return state;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroy a lexer working state struct, releasing all resources.
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_destroy(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ psql_scan_finish(state);
+
+ psql_scan_reset(state);
+
+ yylex_destroy(state->scanner);
+
+ free(state);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the callback passthrough pointer for the lexer.
+ *
+ * This could have been integrated into psql_scan_create, but keeping it
+ * separate allows the application to change the pointer later, which might
+ * be useful.
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_set_passthrough(PsqlScanState state, void *passthrough)
+{
+ state->cb_passthrough = passthrough;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set up to perform lexing of the given input line.
+ *
+ * The text at *line, extending for line_len bytes, will be scanned by
+ * subsequent calls to the psql_scan routines. psql_scan_finish should
+ * be called when scanning is complete. Note that the lexer retains
+ * a pointer to the storage at *line --- this string must not be altered
+ * or freed until after psql_scan_finish is called.
+ *
+ * encoding is the libpq identifier for the character encoding in use,
+ * and std_strings says whether standard_conforming_strings is on.
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_setup(PsqlScanState state,
+ const char *line, int line_len,
+ int encoding, bool std_strings)
+{
+ /* Mustn't be scanning already */
+ Assert(state->scanbufhandle == NULL);
+ Assert(state->buffer_stack == NULL);
+
+ /* Do we need to hack the character set encoding? */
+ state->encoding = encoding;
+ state->safe_encoding = pg_valid_server_encoding_id(encoding);
+
+ /* Save standard-strings flag as well */
+ state->std_strings = std_strings;
+
+ /* Set up flex input buffer with appropriate translation and padding */
+ state->scanbufhandle = psqlscan_prepare_buffer(state, line, line_len,
+ &state->scanbuf);
+ state->scanline = line;
+
+ /* Set lookaside data in case we have to map unsafe encoding */
+ state->curline = state->scanbuf;
+ state->refline = state->scanline;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do lexical analysis of SQL command text.
+ *
+ * The text previously passed to psql_scan_setup is scanned, and appended
+ * (possibly with transformation) to query_buf.
+ *
+ * The return value indicates the condition that stopped scanning:
+ *
+ * PSCAN_SEMICOLON: found a command-ending semicolon. (The semicolon is
+ * transferred to query_buf.) The command accumulated in query_buf should
+ * be executed, then clear query_buf and call again to scan the remainder
+ * of the line.
+ *
+ * PSCAN_BACKSLASH: found a backslash that starts a special command.
+ * Any previous data on the line has been transferred to query_buf.
+ * The caller will typically next apply a separate flex lexer to scan
+ * the special command.
+ *
+ * PSCAN_INCOMPLETE: the end of the line was reached, but we have an
+ * incomplete SQL command. *prompt is set to the appropriate prompt type.
+ *
+ * PSCAN_EOL: the end of the line was reached, and there is no lexical
+ * reason to consider the command incomplete. The caller may or may not
+ * choose to send it. *prompt is set to the appropriate prompt type if
+ * the caller chooses to collect more input.
+ *
+ * In the PSCAN_INCOMPLETE and PSCAN_EOL cases, psql_scan_finish() should
+ * be called next, then the cycle may be repeated with a fresh input line.
+ *
+ * In all cases, *prompt is set to an appropriate prompt type code for the
+ * next line-input operation.
+ */
+PsqlScanResult
+psql_scan(PsqlScanState state,
+ PQExpBuffer query_buf,
+ promptStatus_t *prompt)
+{
+ PsqlScanResult result;
+ int lexresult;
+
+ /* Must be scanning already */
+ Assert(state->scanbufhandle != NULL);
+
+ /* Set current output target */
+ state->output_buf = query_buf;
+
+ /* Set input source */
+ if (state->buffer_stack != NULL)
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(state->buffer_stack->buf, state->scanner);
+ else
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(state->scanbufhandle, state->scanner);
+
+ /* And lex. */
+ lexresult = yylex(NULL, state->scanner);
+
+ /*
+ * Check termination state and return appropriate result info.
+ */
+ switch (lexresult)
+ {
+ case LEXRES_EOL: /* end of input */
+ switch (state->start_state)
+ {
+ case INITIAL:
+ case xqs: /* we treat this like INITIAL */
+ if (state->paren_depth > 0)
+ {
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_PAREN;
+ }
+ else if (state->begin_depth > 0)
+ {
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_CONTINUE;
+ }
+ else if (query_buf->len > 0)
+ {
+ result = PSCAN_EOL;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_CONTINUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* never bother to send an empty buffer */
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_READY;
+ }
+ break;
+ case xb:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xc:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_COMMENT;
+ break;
+ case xd:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_DOUBLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xh:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xe:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xq:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xdolq:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_DOLLARQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xui:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_DOUBLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xus:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* can't get here */
+ fprintf(stderr, "invalid YY_START\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ break;
+ case LEXRES_SEMI: /* semicolon */
+ result = PSCAN_SEMICOLON;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_READY;
+ break;
+ case LEXRES_BACKSLASH: /* backslash */
+ result = PSCAN_BACKSLASH;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_READY;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* can't get here */
+ fprintf(stderr, "invalid yylex result\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clean up after scanning a string. This flushes any unread input and
+ * releases resources (but not the PsqlScanState itself). Note however
+ * that this does not reset the lexer scan state; that can be done by
+ * psql_scan_reset(), which is an orthogonal operation.
+ *
+ * It is legal to call this when not scanning anything (makes it easier
+ * to deal with error recovery).
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_finish(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ /* Drop any incomplete variable expansions. */
+ while (state->buffer_stack != NULL)
+ psqlscan_pop_buffer_stack(state);
+
+ /* Done with the outer scan buffer, too */
+ if (state->scanbufhandle)
+ yy_delete_buffer(state->scanbufhandle, state->scanner);
+ state->scanbufhandle = NULL;
+ if (state->scanbuf)
+ free(state->scanbuf);
+ state->scanbuf = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reset lexer scanning state to start conditions. This is appropriate
+ * for executing \r psql commands (or any other time that we discard the
+ * prior contents of query_buf). It is not, however, necessary to do this
+ * when we execute and clear the buffer after getting a PSCAN_SEMICOLON or
+ * PSCAN_EOL scan result, because the scan state must be INITIAL when those
+ * conditions are returned.
+ *
+ * Note that this is unrelated to flushing unread input; that task is
+ * done by psql_scan_finish().
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_reset(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ state->start_state = INITIAL;
+ state->paren_depth = 0;
+ state->xcdepth = 0; /* not really necessary */
+ if (state->dolqstart)
+ free(state->dolqstart);
+ state->dolqstart = NULL;
+ state->identifier_count = 0;
+ state->begin_depth = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reselect this lexer (psqlscan.l) after using another one.
+ *
+ * Currently and for foreseeable uses, it's sufficient to reset to INITIAL
+ * state, because we'd never switch to another lexer in a different state.
+ * However, we don't want to reset e.g. paren_depth, so this can't be
+ * the same as psql_scan_reset().
+ *
+ * Note: psql setjmp error recovery just calls psql_scan_reset(), so that
+ * must be a superset of this.
+ *
+ * Note: it seems likely that other lexers could just assign INITIAL for
+ * themselves, since that probably has the value zero in every flex-generated
+ * lexer. But let's not assume that.
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_reselect_sql_lexer(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ state->start_state = INITIAL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return true if lexer is currently in an "inside quotes" state.
+ *
+ * This is pretty grotty but is needed to preserve the old behavior
+ * that mainloop.c drops blank lines not inside quotes without even
+ * echoing them.
+ */
+bool
+psql_scan_in_quote(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ return state->start_state != INITIAL &&
+ state->start_state != xqs;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Push the given string onto the stack of stuff to scan.
+ *
+ * NOTE SIDE EFFECT: the new buffer is made the active flex input buffer.
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_push_new_buffer(PsqlScanState state, const char *newstr,
+ const char *varname)
+{
+ StackElem *stackelem;
+
+ stackelem = (StackElem *) pg_malloc(sizeof(StackElem));
+
+ /*
+ * In current usage, the passed varname points at the current flex input
+ * buffer; we must copy it before calling psqlscan_prepare_buffer()
+ * because that will change the buffer state.
+ */
+ stackelem->varname = varname ? pg_strdup(varname) : NULL;
+
+ stackelem->buf = psqlscan_prepare_buffer(state, newstr, strlen(newstr),
+ &stackelem->bufstring);
+ state->curline = stackelem->bufstring;
+ if (state->safe_encoding)
+ {
+ stackelem->origstring = NULL;
+ state->refline = stackelem->bufstring;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ stackelem->origstring = pg_strdup(newstr);
+ state->refline = stackelem->origstring;
+ }
+ stackelem->next = state->buffer_stack;
+ state->buffer_stack = stackelem;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pop the topmost buffer stack item (there must be one!)
+ *
+ * NB: after this, the flex input state is unspecified; caller must
+ * switch to an appropriate buffer to continue lexing.
+ * See psqlscan_select_top_buffer().
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_pop_buffer_stack(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ StackElem *stackelem = state->buffer_stack;
+
+ state->buffer_stack = stackelem->next;
+ yy_delete_buffer(stackelem->buf, state->scanner);
+ free(stackelem->bufstring);
+ if (stackelem->origstring)
+ free(stackelem->origstring);
+ if (stackelem->varname)
+ free(stackelem->varname);
+ free(stackelem);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Select the topmost surviving buffer as the active input.
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_select_top_buffer(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ StackElem *stackelem = state->buffer_stack;
+
+ if (stackelem != NULL)
+ {
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(stackelem->buf, state->scanner);
+ state->curline = stackelem->bufstring;
+ state->refline = stackelem->origstring ? stackelem->origstring : stackelem->bufstring;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(state->scanbufhandle, state->scanner);
+ state->curline = state->scanbuf;
+ state->refline = state->scanline;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check if specified variable name is the source for any string
+ * currently being scanned
+ */
+bool
+psqlscan_var_is_current_source(PsqlScanState state, const char *varname)
+{
+ StackElem *stackelem;
+
+ for (stackelem = state->buffer_stack;
+ stackelem != NULL;
+ stackelem = stackelem->next)
+ {
+ if (stackelem->varname && strcmp(stackelem->varname, varname) == 0)
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set up a flex input buffer to scan the given data. We always make a
+ * copy of the data. If working in an unsafe encoding, the copy has
+ * multibyte sequences replaced by FFs to avoid fooling the lexer rules.
+ *
+ * NOTE SIDE EFFECT: the new buffer is made the active flex input buffer.
+ */
+YY_BUFFER_STATE
+psqlscan_prepare_buffer(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len,
+ char **txtcopy)
+{
+ char *newtxt;
+
+ /* Flex wants two \0 characters after the actual data */
+ newtxt = pg_malloc(len + 2);
+ *txtcopy = newtxt;
+ newtxt[len] = newtxt[len + 1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+
+ if (state->safe_encoding)
+ memcpy(newtxt, txt, len);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Gotta do it the hard way */
+ int i = 0;
+
+ while (i < len)
+ {
+ int thislen = PQmblen(txt + i, state->encoding);
+
+ /* first byte should always be okay... */
+ newtxt[i] = txt[i];
+ i++;
+ while (--thislen > 0 && i < len)
+ newtxt[i++] = (char) 0xFF;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return yy_scan_buffer(newtxt, len + 2, state->scanner);
+}
+
+/*
+ * psqlscan_emit() --- body for ECHO macro
+ *
+ * NB: this must be used for ALL and ONLY the text copied from the flex
+ * input data. If you pass it something that is not part of the yytext
+ * string, you are making a mistake. Internally generated text can be
+ * appended directly to state->output_buf.
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_emit(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len)
+{
+ PQExpBuffer output_buf = state->output_buf;
+
+ if (state->safe_encoding)
+ appendBinaryPQExpBuffer(output_buf, txt, len);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Gotta do it the hard way */
+ const char *reference = state->refline;
+ int i;
+
+ reference += (txt - state->curline);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ char ch = txt[i];
+
+ if (ch == (char) 0xFF)
+ ch = reference[i];
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(output_buf, ch);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * psqlscan_extract_substring --- fetch value of (part of) the current token
+ *
+ * This is like psqlscan_emit(), except that the data is returned as a
+ * malloc'd string rather than being pushed directly to state->output_buf.
+ */
+char *
+psqlscan_extract_substring(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len)
+{
+ char *result = (char *) pg_malloc(len + 1);
+
+ if (state->safe_encoding)
+ memcpy(result, txt, len);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Gotta do it the hard way */
+ const char *reference = state->refline;
+ int i;
+
+ reference += (txt - state->curline);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ char ch = txt[i];
+
+ if (ch == (char) 0xFF)
+ ch = reference[i];
+ result[i] = ch;
+ }
+ }
+ result[len] = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * psqlscan_escape_variable --- process :'VARIABLE' or :"VARIABLE"
+ *
+ * If the variable name is found, escape its value using the appropriate
+ * quoting method and emit the value to output_buf. (Since the result is
+ * surely quoted, there is never any reason to rescan it.) If we don't
+ * find the variable or escaping fails, emit the token as-is.
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_escape_variable(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len,
+ PsqlScanQuoteType quote)
+{
+ char *varname;
+ char *value;
+
+ /* Variable lookup. */
+ varname = psqlscan_extract_substring(state, txt + 2, len - 3);
+ if (state->callbacks->get_variable)
+ value = state->callbacks->get_variable(varname, quote,
+ state->cb_passthrough);
+ else
+ value = NULL;
+ free(varname);
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ /* Emit the suitably-escaped value */
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(state->output_buf, value);
+ free(value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Emit original token as-is */
+ psqlscan_emit(state, txt, len);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+psqlscan_test_variable(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len)
+{
+ char *varname;
+ char *value;
+
+ varname = psqlscan_extract_substring(state, txt + 3, len - 4);
+ if (state->callbacks->get_variable)
+ value = state->callbacks->get_variable(varname, PQUOTE_PLAIN,
+ state->cb_passthrough);
+ else
+ value = NULL;
+ free(varname);
+
+ if (value != NULL)
+ {
+ psqlscan_emit(state, "TRUE", 4);
+ free(value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ psqlscan_emit(state, "FALSE", 5);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/psqlscan.l b/src/fe_utils/psqlscan.l
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae531ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/psqlscan.l
@@ -0,0 +1,1543 @@
+%top{
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * psqlscan.l
+ * lexical scanner for SQL commands
+ *
+ * This lexer used to be part of psql, and that heritage is reflected in
+ * the file name as well as function and typedef names, though it can now
+ * be used by other frontend programs as well. It's also possible to extend
+ * this lexer with a compatible add-on lexer to handle program-specific
+ * backslash commands.
+ *
+ * This code is mainly concerned with determining where the end of a SQL
+ * statement is: we are looking for semicolons that are not within quotes,
+ * comments, or parentheses. The most reliable way to handle this is to
+ * borrow the backend's flex lexer rules, lock, stock, and barrel. The rules
+ * below are (except for a few) the same as the backend's, but their actions
+ * are just ECHO whereas the backend's actions generally do other things.
+ *
+ * XXX The rules in this file must be kept in sync with the backend lexer!!!
+ *
+ * XXX Avoid creating backtracking cases --- see the backend lexer for info.
+ *
+ * See psqlscan_int.h for additional commentary.
+ *
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ * src/fe_utils/psqlscan.l
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include "common/logging.h"
+#include "fe_utils/psqlscan.h"
+
+#include "libpq-fe.h"
+}
+
+%{
+
+/* LCOV_EXCL_START */
+
+#include "fe_utils/psqlscan_int.h"
+
+/*
+ * We must have a typedef YYSTYPE for yylex's first argument, but this lexer
+ * doesn't presently make use of that argument, so just declare it as int.
+ */
+typedef int YYSTYPE;
+
+/*
+ * Set the type of yyextra; we use it as a pointer back to the containing
+ * PsqlScanState.
+ */
+#define YY_EXTRA_TYPE PsqlScanState
+
+
+/* Return values from yylex() */
+#define LEXRES_EOL 0 /* end of input */
+#define LEXRES_SEMI 1 /* command-terminating semicolon found */
+#define LEXRES_BACKSLASH 2 /* backslash command start */
+
+
+#define ECHO psqlscan_emit(cur_state, yytext, yyleng)
+
+/*
+ * Work around a bug in flex 2.5.35: it emits a couple of functions that
+ * it forgets to emit declarations for. Since we use -Wmissing-prototypes,
+ * this would cause warnings. Providing our own declarations should be
+ * harmless even when the bug gets fixed.
+ */
+extern int psql_yyget_column(yyscan_t yyscanner);
+extern void psql_yyset_column(int column_no, yyscan_t yyscanner);
+
+%}
+
+%option reentrant
+%option bison-bridge
+%option 8bit
+%option never-interactive
+%option nodefault
+%option noinput
+%option nounput
+%option noyywrap
+%option warn
+%option prefix="psql_yy"
+
+/*
+ * All of the following definitions and rules should exactly match
+ * src/backend/parser/scan.l so far as the flex patterns are concerned.
+ * The rule bodies are just ECHO as opposed to what the backend does,
+ * however. (But be sure to duplicate code that affects the lexing process,
+ * such as BEGIN() and yyless().) Also, psqlscan uses a single <<EOF>> rule
+ * whereas scan.l has a separate one for each exclusive state.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * OK, here is a short description of lex/flex rules behavior.
+ * The longest pattern which matches an input string is always chosen.
+ * For equal-length patterns, the first occurring in the rules list is chosen.
+ * INITIAL is the starting state, to which all non-conditional rules apply.
+ * Exclusive states change parsing rules while the state is active. When in
+ * an exclusive state, only those rules defined for that state apply.
+ *
+ * We use exclusive states for quoted strings, extended comments,
+ * and to eliminate parsing troubles for numeric strings.
+ * Exclusive states:
+ * <xb> bit string literal
+ * <xc> extended C-style comments
+ * <xd> delimited identifiers (double-quoted identifiers)
+ * <xh> hexadecimal byte string
+ * <xq> standard quoted strings
+ * <xqs> quote stop (detect continued strings)
+ * <xe> extended quoted strings (support backslash escape sequences)
+ * <xdolq> $foo$ quoted strings
+ * <xui> quoted identifier with Unicode escapes
+ * <xus> quoted string with Unicode escapes
+ *
+ * Note: we intentionally don't mimic the backend's <xeu> state; we have
+ * no need to distinguish it from <xe> state, and no good way to get out
+ * of it in error cases. The backend just throws yyerror() in those
+ * cases, but that's not an option here.
+ */
+
+%x xb
+%x xc
+%x xd
+%x xh
+%x xq
+%x xqs
+%x xe
+%x xdolq
+%x xui
+%x xus
+
+/*
+ * In order to make the world safe for Windows and Mac clients as well as
+ * Unix ones, we accept either \n or \r as a newline. A DOS-style \r\n
+ * sequence will be seen as two successive newlines, but that doesn't cause
+ * any problems. Comments that start with -- and extend to the next
+ * newline are treated as equivalent to a single whitespace character.
+ *
+ * NOTE a fine point: if there is no newline following --, we will absorb
+ * everything to the end of the input as a comment. This is correct. Older
+ * versions of Postgres failed to recognize -- as a comment if the input
+ * did not end with a newline.
+ *
+ * XXX perhaps \f (formfeed) should be treated as a newline as well?
+ *
+ * XXX if you change the set of whitespace characters, fix scanner_isspace()
+ * to agree.
+ */
+
+space [ \t\n\r\f]
+horiz_space [ \t\f]
+newline [\n\r]
+non_newline [^\n\r]
+
+comment ("--"{non_newline}*)
+
+whitespace ({space}+|{comment})
+
+/*
+ * SQL requires at least one newline in the whitespace separating
+ * string literals that are to be concatenated. Silly, but who are we
+ * to argue? Note that {whitespace_with_newline} should not have * after
+ * it, whereas {whitespace} should generally have a * after it...
+ */
+
+special_whitespace ({space}+|{comment}{newline})
+horiz_whitespace ({horiz_space}|{comment})
+whitespace_with_newline ({horiz_whitespace}*{newline}{special_whitespace}*)
+
+quote '
+/* If we see {quote} then {quotecontinue}, the quoted string continues */
+quotecontinue {whitespace_with_newline}{quote}
+
+/*
+ * {quotecontinuefail} is needed to avoid lexer backup when we fail to match
+ * {quotecontinue}. It might seem that this could just be {whitespace}*,
+ * but if there's a dash after {whitespace_with_newline}, it must be consumed
+ * to see if there's another dash --- which would start a {comment} and thus
+ * allow continuation of the {quotecontinue} token.
+ */
+quotecontinuefail {whitespace}*"-"?
+
+/* Bit string
+ * It is tempting to scan the string for only those characters
+ * which are allowed. However, this leads to silently swallowed
+ * characters if illegal characters are included in the string.
+ * For example, if xbinside is [01] then B'ABCD' is interpreted
+ * as a zero-length string, and the ABCD' is lost!
+ * Better to pass the string forward and let the input routines
+ * validate the contents.
+ */
+xbstart [bB]{quote}
+xbinside [^']*
+
+/* Hexadecimal byte string */
+xhstart [xX]{quote}
+xhinside [^']*
+
+/* National character */
+xnstart [nN]{quote}
+
+/* Quoted string that allows backslash escapes */
+xestart [eE]{quote}
+xeinside [^\\']+
+xeescape [\\][^0-7]
+xeoctesc [\\][0-7]{1,3}
+xehexesc [\\]x[0-9A-Fa-f]{1,2}
+xeunicode [\\](u[0-9A-Fa-f]{4}|U[0-9A-Fa-f]{8})
+xeunicodefail [\\](u[0-9A-Fa-f]{0,3}|U[0-9A-Fa-f]{0,7})
+
+/* Extended quote
+ * xqdouble implements embedded quote, ''''
+ */
+xqstart {quote}
+xqdouble {quote}{quote}
+xqinside [^']+
+
+/* $foo$ style quotes ("dollar quoting")
+ * The quoted string starts with $foo$ where "foo" is an optional string
+ * in the form of an identifier, except that it may not contain "$",
+ * and extends to the first occurrence of an identical string.
+ * There is *no* processing of the quoted text.
+ *
+ * {dolqfailed} is an error rule to avoid scanner backup when {dolqdelim}
+ * fails to match its trailing "$".
+ */
+dolq_start [A-Za-z\200-\377_]
+dolq_cont [A-Za-z\200-\377_0-9]
+dolqdelim \$({dolq_start}{dolq_cont}*)?\$
+dolqfailed \${dolq_start}{dolq_cont}*
+dolqinside [^$]+
+
+/* Double quote
+ * Allows embedded spaces and other special characters into identifiers.
+ */
+dquote \"
+xdstart {dquote}
+xdstop {dquote}
+xddouble {dquote}{dquote}
+xdinside [^"]+
+
+/* Quoted identifier with Unicode escapes */
+xuistart [uU]&{dquote}
+
+/* Quoted string with Unicode escapes */
+xusstart [uU]&{quote}
+
+/* error rule to avoid backup */
+xufailed [uU]&
+
+
+/* C-style comments
+ *
+ * The "extended comment" syntax closely resembles allowable operator syntax.
+ * The tricky part here is to get lex to recognize a string starting with
+ * slash-star as a comment, when interpreting it as an operator would produce
+ * a longer match --- remember lex will prefer a longer match! Also, if we
+ * have something like plus-slash-star, lex will think this is a 3-character
+ * operator whereas we want to see it as a + operator and a comment start.
+ * The solution is two-fold:
+ * 1. append {op_chars}* to xcstart so that it matches as much text as
+ * {operator} would. Then the tie-breaker (first matching rule of same
+ * length) ensures xcstart wins. We put back the extra stuff with yyless()
+ * in case it contains a star-slash that should terminate the comment.
+ * 2. In the operator rule, check for slash-star within the operator, and
+ * if found throw it back with yyless(). This handles the plus-slash-star
+ * problem.
+ * Dash-dash comments have similar interactions with the operator rule.
+ */
+xcstart \/\*{op_chars}*
+xcstop \*+\/
+xcinside [^*/]+
+
+ident_start [A-Za-z\200-\377_]
+ident_cont [A-Za-z\200-\377_0-9\$]
+
+identifier {ident_start}{ident_cont}*
+
+/* Assorted special-case operators and operator-like tokens */
+typecast "::"
+dot_dot \.\.
+colon_equals ":="
+
+/*
+ * These operator-like tokens (unlike the above ones) also match the {operator}
+ * rule, which means that they might be overridden by a longer match if they
+ * are followed by a comment start or a + or - character. Accordingly, if you
+ * add to this list, you must also add corresponding code to the {operator}
+ * block to return the correct token in such cases. (This is not needed in
+ * psqlscan.l since the token value is ignored there.)
+ */
+equals_greater "=>"
+less_equals "<="
+greater_equals ">="
+less_greater "<>"
+not_equals "!="
+
+/*
+ * "self" is the set of chars that should be returned as single-character
+ * tokens. "op_chars" is the set of chars that can make up "Op" tokens,
+ * which can be one or more characters long (but if a single-char token
+ * appears in the "self" set, it is not to be returned as an Op). Note
+ * that the sets overlap, but each has some chars that are not in the other.
+ *
+ * If you change either set, adjust the character lists appearing in the
+ * rule for "operator"!
+ */
+self [,()\[\].;\:\+\-\*\/\%\^\<\>\=]
+op_chars [\~\!\@\#\^\&\|\`\?\+\-\*\/\%\<\>\=]
+operator {op_chars}+
+
+/*
+ * Numbers
+ *
+ * Unary minus is not part of a number here. Instead we pass it separately to
+ * the parser, and there it gets coerced via doNegate().
+ *
+ * {decimalfail} is used because we would like "1..10" to lex as 1, dot_dot, 10.
+ *
+ * {realfail} is added to prevent the need for scanner
+ * backup when the {real} rule fails to match completely.
+ */
+digit [0-9]
+
+integer {digit}+
+decimal (({digit}*\.{digit}+)|({digit}+\.{digit}*))
+decimalfail {digit}+\.\.
+real ({integer}|{decimal})[Ee][-+]?{digit}+
+realfail ({integer}|{decimal})[Ee][-+]
+
+integer_junk {integer}{ident_start}
+decimal_junk {decimal}{ident_start}
+real_junk {real}{ident_start}
+
+param \${integer}
+param_junk \${integer}{ident_start}
+
+/* psql-specific: characters allowed in variable names */
+variable_char [A-Za-z\200-\377_0-9]
+
+other .
+
+/*
+ * Dollar quoted strings are totally opaque, and no escaping is done on them.
+ * Other quoted strings must allow some special characters such as single-quote
+ * and newline.
+ * Embedded single-quotes are implemented both in the SQL standard
+ * style of two adjacent single quotes "''" and in the Postgres/Java style
+ * of escaped-quote "\'".
+ * Other embedded escaped characters are matched explicitly and the leading
+ * backslash is dropped from the string.
+ * Note that xcstart must appear before operator, as explained above!
+ * Also whitespace (comment) must appear before operator.
+ */
+
+%%
+
+%{
+ /* Declare some local variables inside yylex(), for convenience */
+ PsqlScanState cur_state = yyextra;
+ PQExpBuffer output_buf = cur_state->output_buf;
+
+ /*
+ * Force flex into the state indicated by start_state. This has a
+ * couple of purposes: it lets some of the functions below set a new
+ * starting state without ugly direct access to flex variables, and it
+ * allows us to transition from one flex lexer to another so that we
+ * can lex different parts of the source string using separate lexers.
+ */
+ BEGIN(cur_state->start_state);
+%}
+
+{whitespace} {
+ /*
+ * Note that the whitespace rule includes both true
+ * whitespace and single-line ("--" style) comments.
+ * We suppress whitespace until we have collected some
+ * non-whitespace data. (This interacts with some
+ * decisions in MainLoop(); see there for details.)
+ */
+ if (output_buf->len > 0)
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{xcstart} {
+ cur_state->xcdepth = 0;
+ BEGIN(xc);
+ /* Put back any characters past slash-star; see above */
+ yyless(2);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+<xc>{
+{xcstart} {
+ cur_state->xcdepth++;
+ /* Put back any characters past slash-star; see above */
+ yyless(2);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{xcstop} {
+ if (cur_state->xcdepth <= 0)
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ else
+ cur_state->xcdepth--;
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{xcinside} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{op_chars} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+\*+ {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+} /* <xc> */
+
+{xbstart} {
+ BEGIN(xb);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xh>{xhinside} |
+<xb>{xbinside} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{xhstart} {
+ /* Hexadecimal bit type.
+ * At some point we should simply pass the string
+ * forward to the parser and label it there.
+ * In the meantime, place a leading "x" on the string
+ * to mark it for the input routine as a hex string.
+ */
+ BEGIN(xh);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{xnstart} {
+ yyless(1); /* eat only 'n' this time */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{xqstart} {
+ if (cur_state->std_strings)
+ BEGIN(xq);
+ else
+ BEGIN(xe);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{xestart} {
+ BEGIN(xe);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{xusstart} {
+ BEGIN(xus);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+<xb,xh,xq,xe,xus>{quote} {
+ /*
+ * When we are scanning a quoted string and see an end
+ * quote, we must look ahead for a possible continuation.
+ * If we don't see one, we know the end quote was in fact
+ * the end of the string. To reduce the lexer table size,
+ * we use a single "xqs" state to do the lookahead for all
+ * types of strings.
+ */
+ cur_state->state_before_str_stop = YYSTATE;
+ BEGIN(xqs);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xqs>{quotecontinue} {
+ /*
+ * Found a quote continuation, so return to the in-quote
+ * state and continue scanning the literal. Nothing is
+ * added to the literal's contents.
+ */
+ BEGIN(cur_state->state_before_str_stop);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xqs>{quotecontinuefail} |
+<xqs>{other} {
+ /*
+ * Failed to see a quote continuation. Throw back
+ * everything after the end quote, and handle the string
+ * according to the state we were in previously.
+ */
+ yyless(0);
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ /* There's nothing to echo ... */
+ }
+
+<xq,xe,xus>{xqdouble} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xq,xus>{xqinside} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xe>{xeinside} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xe>{xeunicode} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xe>{xeunicodefail} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xe>{xeescape} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xe>{xeoctesc} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xe>{xehexesc} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xe>. {
+ /* This is only needed for \ just before EOF */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{dolqdelim} {
+ cur_state->dolqstart = pg_strdup(yytext);
+ BEGIN(xdolq);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{dolqfailed} {
+ /* throw back all but the initial "$" */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xdolq>{dolqdelim} {
+ if (strcmp(yytext, cur_state->dolqstart) == 0)
+ {
+ free(cur_state->dolqstart);
+ cur_state->dolqstart = NULL;
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * When we fail to match $...$ to dolqstart, transfer
+ * the $... part to the output, but put back the final
+ * $ for rescanning. Consider $delim$...$junk$delim$
+ */
+ yyless(yyleng - 1);
+ }
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xdolq>{dolqinside} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xdolq>{dolqfailed} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xdolq>. {
+ /* This is only needed for $ inside the quoted text */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{xdstart} {
+ BEGIN(xd);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{xuistart} {
+ BEGIN(xui);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xd>{xdstop} {
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xui>{dquote} {
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xd,xui>{xddouble} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+<xd,xui>{xdinside} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{xufailed} {
+ /* throw back all but the initial u/U */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{typecast} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{dot_dot} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{colon_equals} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{equals_greater} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{less_equals} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{greater_equals} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{less_greater} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{not_equals} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * These rules are specific to psql --- they implement parenthesis
+ * counting and detection of command-ending semicolon. These must
+ * appear before the {self} rule so that they take precedence over it.
+ */
+
+"(" {
+ cur_state->paren_depth++;
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+")" {
+ if (cur_state->paren_depth > 0)
+ cur_state->paren_depth--;
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+";" {
+ ECHO;
+ if (cur_state->paren_depth == 0 && cur_state->begin_depth == 0)
+ {
+ /* Terminate lexing temporarily */
+ cur_state->start_state = YY_START;
+ cur_state->identifier_count = 0;
+ return LEXRES_SEMI;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * psql-specific rules to handle backslash commands and variable
+ * substitution. We want these before {self}, also.
+ */
+
+"\\"[;:] {
+ /* Force a semi-colon or colon into the query buffer */
+ psqlscan_emit(cur_state, yytext + 1, 1);
+ if (yytext[1] == ';')
+ cur_state->identifier_count = 0;
+ }
+
+"\\" {
+ /* Terminate lexing temporarily */
+ cur_state->start_state = YY_START;
+ return LEXRES_BACKSLASH;
+ }
+
+:{variable_char}+ {
+ /* Possible psql variable substitution */
+ char *varname;
+ char *value;
+
+ varname = psqlscan_extract_substring(cur_state,
+ yytext + 1,
+ yyleng - 1);
+ if (cur_state->callbacks->get_variable)
+ value = cur_state->callbacks->get_variable(varname,
+ PQUOTE_PLAIN,
+ cur_state->cb_passthrough);
+ else
+ value = NULL;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ /* It is a variable, check for recursion */
+ if (psqlscan_var_is_current_source(cur_state, varname))
+ {
+ /* Recursive expansion --- don't go there */
+ pg_log_warning("skipping recursive expansion of variable \"%s\"",
+ varname);
+ /* Instead copy the string as is */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* OK, perform substitution */
+ psqlscan_push_new_buffer(cur_state, value, varname);
+ /* yy_scan_string already made buffer active */
+ }
+ free(value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * if the variable doesn't exist we'll copy the string
+ * as is
+ */
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+ free(varname);
+ }
+
+:'{variable_char}+' {
+ psqlscan_escape_variable(cur_state, yytext, yyleng,
+ PQUOTE_SQL_LITERAL);
+ }
+
+:\"{variable_char}+\" {
+ psqlscan_escape_variable(cur_state, yytext, yyleng,
+ PQUOTE_SQL_IDENT);
+ }
+
+:\{\?{variable_char}+\} {
+ psqlscan_test_variable(cur_state, yytext, yyleng);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * These rules just avoid the need for scanner backup if one of the
+ * three rules above fails to match completely.
+ */
+
+:'{variable_char}* {
+ /* Throw back everything but the colon */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+:\"{variable_char}* {
+ /* Throw back everything but the colon */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+:\{\?{variable_char}* {
+ /* Throw back everything but the colon */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+:\{ {
+ /* Throw back everything but the colon */
+ yyless(1);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Back to backend-compatible rules.
+ */
+
+{self} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{operator} {
+ /*
+ * Check for embedded slash-star or dash-dash; those
+ * are comment starts, so operator must stop there.
+ * Note that slash-star or dash-dash at the first
+ * character will match a prior rule, not this one.
+ */
+ int nchars = yyleng;
+ char *slashstar = strstr(yytext, "/*");
+ char *dashdash = strstr(yytext, "--");
+
+ if (slashstar && dashdash)
+ {
+ /* if both appear, take the first one */
+ if (slashstar > dashdash)
+ slashstar = dashdash;
+ }
+ else if (!slashstar)
+ slashstar = dashdash;
+ if (slashstar)
+ nchars = slashstar - yytext;
+
+ /*
+ * For SQL compatibility, '+' and '-' cannot be the
+ * last char of a multi-char operator unless the operator
+ * contains chars that are not in SQL operators.
+ * The idea is to lex '=-' as two operators, but not
+ * to forbid operator names like '?-' that could not be
+ * sequences of SQL operators.
+ */
+ if (nchars > 1 &&
+ (yytext[nchars - 1] == '+' ||
+ yytext[nchars - 1] == '-'))
+ {
+ int ic;
+
+ for (ic = nchars - 2; ic >= 0; ic--)
+ {
+ char c = yytext[ic];
+ if (c == '~' || c == '!' || c == '@' ||
+ c == '#' || c == '^' || c == '&' ||
+ c == '|' || c == '`' || c == '?' ||
+ c == '%')
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ic < 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * didn't find a qualifying character, so remove
+ * all trailing [+-]
+ */
+ do {
+ nchars--;
+ } while (nchars > 1 &&
+ (yytext[nchars - 1] == '+' ||
+ yytext[nchars - 1] == '-'));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (nchars < yyleng)
+ {
+ /* Strip the unwanted chars from the token */
+ yyless(nchars);
+ }
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{param} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{param_junk} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{integer} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{decimal} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{decimalfail} {
+ /* throw back the .., and treat as integer */
+ yyless(yyleng - 2);
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{real} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{realfail} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{integer_junk} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{decimal_junk} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+{real_junk} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+
+{identifier} {
+ /*
+ * We need to track if we are inside a BEGIN .. END block
+ * in a function definition, so that semicolons contained
+ * therein don't terminate the whole statement. Short of
+ * writing a full parser here, the following heuristic
+ * should work. First, we track whether the beginning of
+ * the statement matches CREATE [OR REPLACE]
+ * {FUNCTION|PROCEDURE}
+ */
+
+ if (cur_state->identifier_count == 0)
+ memset(cur_state->identifiers, 0, sizeof(cur_state->identifiers));
+
+ if (pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "create") == 0 ||
+ pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "function") == 0 ||
+ pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "procedure") == 0 ||
+ pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "or") == 0 ||
+ pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "replace") == 0)
+ {
+ if (cur_state->identifier_count < sizeof(cur_state->identifiers))
+ cur_state->identifiers[cur_state->identifier_count] = pg_tolower((unsigned char) yytext[0]);
+ }
+
+ cur_state->identifier_count++;
+
+ if (cur_state->identifiers[0] == 'c' &&
+ (cur_state->identifiers[1] == 'f' || cur_state->identifiers[1] == 'p' ||
+ (cur_state->identifiers[1] == 'o' && cur_state->identifiers[2] == 'r' &&
+ (cur_state->identifiers[3] == 'f' || cur_state->identifiers[3] == 'p'))) &&
+ cur_state->paren_depth == 0)
+ {
+ if (pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "begin") == 0)
+ cur_state->begin_depth++;
+ else if (pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "case") == 0)
+ {
+ /*
+ * CASE also ends with END. We only need to track
+ * this if we are already inside a BEGIN.
+ */
+ if (cur_state->begin_depth >= 1)
+ cur_state->begin_depth++;
+ }
+ else if (pg_strcasecmp(yytext, "end") == 0)
+ {
+ if (cur_state->begin_depth > 0)
+ cur_state->begin_depth--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+{other} {
+ ECHO;
+ }
+
+<<EOF>> {
+ if (cur_state->buffer_stack == NULL)
+ {
+ cur_state->start_state = YY_START;
+ return LEXRES_EOL; /* end of input reached */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We were expanding a variable, so pop the inclusion
+ * stack and keep lexing
+ */
+ psqlscan_pop_buffer_stack(cur_state);
+ psqlscan_select_top_buffer(cur_state);
+ }
+
+%%
+
+/* LCOV_EXCL_STOP */
+
+/*
+ * Create a lexer working state struct.
+ *
+ * callbacks is a struct of function pointers that encapsulate some
+ * behavior we need from the surrounding program. This struct must
+ * remain valid for the lifespan of the PsqlScanState.
+ */
+PsqlScanState
+psql_scan_create(const PsqlScanCallbacks *callbacks)
+{
+ PsqlScanState state;
+
+ state = (PsqlScanStateData *) pg_malloc0(sizeof(PsqlScanStateData));
+
+ state->callbacks = callbacks;
+
+ yylex_init(&state->scanner);
+
+ yyset_extra(state, state->scanner);
+
+ psql_scan_reset(state);
+
+ return state;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroy a lexer working state struct, releasing all resources.
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_destroy(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ psql_scan_finish(state);
+
+ psql_scan_reset(state);
+
+ yylex_destroy(state->scanner);
+
+ free(state);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the callback passthrough pointer for the lexer.
+ *
+ * This could have been integrated into psql_scan_create, but keeping it
+ * separate allows the application to change the pointer later, which might
+ * be useful.
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_set_passthrough(PsqlScanState state, void *passthrough)
+{
+ state->cb_passthrough = passthrough;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set up to perform lexing of the given input line.
+ *
+ * The text at *line, extending for line_len bytes, will be scanned by
+ * subsequent calls to the psql_scan routines. psql_scan_finish should
+ * be called when scanning is complete. Note that the lexer retains
+ * a pointer to the storage at *line --- this string must not be altered
+ * or freed until after psql_scan_finish is called.
+ *
+ * encoding is the libpq identifier for the character encoding in use,
+ * and std_strings says whether standard_conforming_strings is on.
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_setup(PsqlScanState state,
+ const char *line, int line_len,
+ int encoding, bool std_strings)
+{
+ /* Mustn't be scanning already */
+ Assert(state->scanbufhandle == NULL);
+ Assert(state->buffer_stack == NULL);
+
+ /* Do we need to hack the character set encoding? */
+ state->encoding = encoding;
+ state->safe_encoding = pg_valid_server_encoding_id(encoding);
+
+ /* Save standard-strings flag as well */
+ state->std_strings = std_strings;
+
+ /* Set up flex input buffer with appropriate translation and padding */
+ state->scanbufhandle = psqlscan_prepare_buffer(state, line, line_len,
+ &state->scanbuf);
+ state->scanline = line;
+
+ /* Set lookaside data in case we have to map unsafe encoding */
+ state->curline = state->scanbuf;
+ state->refline = state->scanline;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do lexical analysis of SQL command text.
+ *
+ * The text previously passed to psql_scan_setup is scanned, and appended
+ * (possibly with transformation) to query_buf.
+ *
+ * The return value indicates the condition that stopped scanning:
+ *
+ * PSCAN_SEMICOLON: found a command-ending semicolon. (The semicolon is
+ * transferred to query_buf.) The command accumulated in query_buf should
+ * be executed, then clear query_buf and call again to scan the remainder
+ * of the line.
+ *
+ * PSCAN_BACKSLASH: found a backslash that starts a special command.
+ * Any previous data on the line has been transferred to query_buf.
+ * The caller will typically next apply a separate flex lexer to scan
+ * the special command.
+ *
+ * PSCAN_INCOMPLETE: the end of the line was reached, but we have an
+ * incomplete SQL command. *prompt is set to the appropriate prompt type.
+ *
+ * PSCAN_EOL: the end of the line was reached, and there is no lexical
+ * reason to consider the command incomplete. The caller may or may not
+ * choose to send it. *prompt is set to the appropriate prompt type if
+ * the caller chooses to collect more input.
+ *
+ * In the PSCAN_INCOMPLETE and PSCAN_EOL cases, psql_scan_finish() should
+ * be called next, then the cycle may be repeated with a fresh input line.
+ *
+ * In all cases, *prompt is set to an appropriate prompt type code for the
+ * next line-input operation.
+ */
+PsqlScanResult
+psql_scan(PsqlScanState state,
+ PQExpBuffer query_buf,
+ promptStatus_t *prompt)
+{
+ PsqlScanResult result;
+ int lexresult;
+
+ /* Must be scanning already */
+ Assert(state->scanbufhandle != NULL);
+
+ /* Set current output target */
+ state->output_buf = query_buf;
+
+ /* Set input source */
+ if (state->buffer_stack != NULL)
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(state->buffer_stack->buf, state->scanner);
+ else
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(state->scanbufhandle, state->scanner);
+
+ /* And lex. */
+ lexresult = yylex(NULL, state->scanner);
+
+ /*
+ * Check termination state and return appropriate result info.
+ */
+ switch (lexresult)
+ {
+ case LEXRES_EOL: /* end of input */
+ switch (state->start_state)
+ {
+ case INITIAL:
+ case xqs: /* we treat this like INITIAL */
+ if (state->paren_depth > 0)
+ {
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_PAREN;
+ }
+ else if (state->begin_depth > 0)
+ {
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_CONTINUE;
+ }
+ else if (query_buf->len > 0)
+ {
+ result = PSCAN_EOL;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_CONTINUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* never bother to send an empty buffer */
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_READY;
+ }
+ break;
+ case xb:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xc:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_COMMENT;
+ break;
+ case xd:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_DOUBLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xh:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xe:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xq:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xdolq:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_DOLLARQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xui:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_DOUBLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ case xus:
+ result = PSCAN_INCOMPLETE;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_SINGLEQUOTE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* can't get here */
+ fprintf(stderr, "invalid YY_START\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ break;
+ case LEXRES_SEMI: /* semicolon */
+ result = PSCAN_SEMICOLON;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_READY;
+ break;
+ case LEXRES_BACKSLASH: /* backslash */
+ result = PSCAN_BACKSLASH;
+ *prompt = PROMPT_READY;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* can't get here */
+ fprintf(stderr, "invalid yylex result\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Clean up after scanning a string. This flushes any unread input and
+ * releases resources (but not the PsqlScanState itself). Note however
+ * that this does not reset the lexer scan state; that can be done by
+ * psql_scan_reset(), which is an orthogonal operation.
+ *
+ * It is legal to call this when not scanning anything (makes it easier
+ * to deal with error recovery).
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_finish(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ /* Drop any incomplete variable expansions. */
+ while (state->buffer_stack != NULL)
+ psqlscan_pop_buffer_stack(state);
+
+ /* Done with the outer scan buffer, too */
+ if (state->scanbufhandle)
+ yy_delete_buffer(state->scanbufhandle, state->scanner);
+ state->scanbufhandle = NULL;
+ if (state->scanbuf)
+ free(state->scanbuf);
+ state->scanbuf = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reset lexer scanning state to start conditions. This is appropriate
+ * for executing \r psql commands (or any other time that we discard the
+ * prior contents of query_buf). It is not, however, necessary to do this
+ * when we execute and clear the buffer after getting a PSCAN_SEMICOLON or
+ * PSCAN_EOL scan result, because the scan state must be INITIAL when those
+ * conditions are returned.
+ *
+ * Note that this is unrelated to flushing unread input; that task is
+ * done by psql_scan_finish().
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_reset(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ state->start_state = INITIAL;
+ state->paren_depth = 0;
+ state->xcdepth = 0; /* not really necessary */
+ if (state->dolqstart)
+ free(state->dolqstart);
+ state->dolqstart = NULL;
+ state->identifier_count = 0;
+ state->begin_depth = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Reselect this lexer (psqlscan.l) after using another one.
+ *
+ * Currently and for foreseeable uses, it's sufficient to reset to INITIAL
+ * state, because we'd never switch to another lexer in a different state.
+ * However, we don't want to reset e.g. paren_depth, so this can't be
+ * the same as psql_scan_reset().
+ *
+ * Note: psql setjmp error recovery just calls psql_scan_reset(), so that
+ * must be a superset of this.
+ *
+ * Note: it seems likely that other lexers could just assign INITIAL for
+ * themselves, since that probably has the value zero in every flex-generated
+ * lexer. But let's not assume that.
+ */
+void
+psql_scan_reselect_sql_lexer(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ state->start_state = INITIAL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return true if lexer is currently in an "inside quotes" state.
+ *
+ * This is pretty grotty but is needed to preserve the old behavior
+ * that mainloop.c drops blank lines not inside quotes without even
+ * echoing them.
+ */
+bool
+psql_scan_in_quote(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ return state->start_state != INITIAL &&
+ state->start_state != xqs;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Push the given string onto the stack of stuff to scan.
+ *
+ * NOTE SIDE EFFECT: the new buffer is made the active flex input buffer.
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_push_new_buffer(PsqlScanState state, const char *newstr,
+ const char *varname)
+{
+ StackElem *stackelem;
+
+ stackelem = (StackElem *) pg_malloc(sizeof(StackElem));
+
+ /*
+ * In current usage, the passed varname points at the current flex input
+ * buffer; we must copy it before calling psqlscan_prepare_buffer()
+ * because that will change the buffer state.
+ */
+ stackelem->varname = varname ? pg_strdup(varname) : NULL;
+
+ stackelem->buf = psqlscan_prepare_buffer(state, newstr, strlen(newstr),
+ &stackelem->bufstring);
+ state->curline = stackelem->bufstring;
+ if (state->safe_encoding)
+ {
+ stackelem->origstring = NULL;
+ state->refline = stackelem->bufstring;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ stackelem->origstring = pg_strdup(newstr);
+ state->refline = stackelem->origstring;
+ }
+ stackelem->next = state->buffer_stack;
+ state->buffer_stack = stackelem;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pop the topmost buffer stack item (there must be one!)
+ *
+ * NB: after this, the flex input state is unspecified; caller must
+ * switch to an appropriate buffer to continue lexing.
+ * See psqlscan_select_top_buffer().
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_pop_buffer_stack(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ StackElem *stackelem = state->buffer_stack;
+
+ state->buffer_stack = stackelem->next;
+ yy_delete_buffer(stackelem->buf, state->scanner);
+ free(stackelem->bufstring);
+ if (stackelem->origstring)
+ free(stackelem->origstring);
+ if (stackelem->varname)
+ free(stackelem->varname);
+ free(stackelem);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Select the topmost surviving buffer as the active input.
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_select_top_buffer(PsqlScanState state)
+{
+ StackElem *stackelem = state->buffer_stack;
+
+ if (stackelem != NULL)
+ {
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(stackelem->buf, state->scanner);
+ state->curline = stackelem->bufstring;
+ state->refline = stackelem->origstring ? stackelem->origstring : stackelem->bufstring;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(state->scanbufhandle, state->scanner);
+ state->curline = state->scanbuf;
+ state->refline = state->scanline;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check if specified variable name is the source for any string
+ * currently being scanned
+ */
+bool
+psqlscan_var_is_current_source(PsqlScanState state, const char *varname)
+{
+ StackElem *stackelem;
+
+ for (stackelem = state->buffer_stack;
+ stackelem != NULL;
+ stackelem = stackelem->next)
+ {
+ if (stackelem->varname && strcmp(stackelem->varname, varname) == 0)
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set up a flex input buffer to scan the given data. We always make a
+ * copy of the data. If working in an unsafe encoding, the copy has
+ * multibyte sequences replaced by FFs to avoid fooling the lexer rules.
+ *
+ * NOTE SIDE EFFECT: the new buffer is made the active flex input buffer.
+ */
+YY_BUFFER_STATE
+psqlscan_prepare_buffer(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len,
+ char **txtcopy)
+{
+ char *newtxt;
+
+ /* Flex wants two \0 characters after the actual data */
+ newtxt = pg_malloc(len + 2);
+ *txtcopy = newtxt;
+ newtxt[len] = newtxt[len + 1] = YY_END_OF_BUFFER_CHAR;
+
+ if (state->safe_encoding)
+ memcpy(newtxt, txt, len);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Gotta do it the hard way */
+ int i = 0;
+
+ while (i < len)
+ {
+ int thislen = PQmblen(txt + i, state->encoding);
+
+ /* first byte should always be okay... */
+ newtxt[i] = txt[i];
+ i++;
+ while (--thislen > 0 && i < len)
+ newtxt[i++] = (char) 0xFF;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return yy_scan_buffer(newtxt, len + 2, state->scanner);
+}
+
+/*
+ * psqlscan_emit() --- body for ECHO macro
+ *
+ * NB: this must be used for ALL and ONLY the text copied from the flex
+ * input data. If you pass it something that is not part of the yytext
+ * string, you are making a mistake. Internally generated text can be
+ * appended directly to state->output_buf.
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_emit(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len)
+{
+ PQExpBuffer output_buf = state->output_buf;
+
+ if (state->safe_encoding)
+ appendBinaryPQExpBuffer(output_buf, txt, len);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Gotta do it the hard way */
+ const char *reference = state->refline;
+ int i;
+
+ reference += (txt - state->curline);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ char ch = txt[i];
+
+ if (ch == (char) 0xFF)
+ ch = reference[i];
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(output_buf, ch);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * psqlscan_extract_substring --- fetch value of (part of) the current token
+ *
+ * This is like psqlscan_emit(), except that the data is returned as a
+ * malloc'd string rather than being pushed directly to state->output_buf.
+ */
+char *
+psqlscan_extract_substring(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len)
+{
+ char *result = (char *) pg_malloc(len + 1);
+
+ if (state->safe_encoding)
+ memcpy(result, txt, len);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Gotta do it the hard way */
+ const char *reference = state->refline;
+ int i;
+
+ reference += (txt - state->curline);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ char ch = txt[i];
+
+ if (ch == (char) 0xFF)
+ ch = reference[i];
+ result[i] = ch;
+ }
+ }
+ result[len] = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * psqlscan_escape_variable --- process :'VARIABLE' or :"VARIABLE"
+ *
+ * If the variable name is found, escape its value using the appropriate
+ * quoting method and emit the value to output_buf. (Since the result is
+ * surely quoted, there is never any reason to rescan it.) If we don't
+ * find the variable or escaping fails, emit the token as-is.
+ */
+void
+psqlscan_escape_variable(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len,
+ PsqlScanQuoteType quote)
+{
+ char *varname;
+ char *value;
+
+ /* Variable lookup. */
+ varname = psqlscan_extract_substring(state, txt + 2, len - 3);
+ if (state->callbacks->get_variable)
+ value = state->callbacks->get_variable(varname, quote,
+ state->cb_passthrough);
+ else
+ value = NULL;
+ free(varname);
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ /* Emit the suitably-escaped value */
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(state->output_buf, value);
+ free(value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Emit original token as-is */
+ psqlscan_emit(state, txt, len);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+psqlscan_test_variable(PsqlScanState state, const char *txt, int len)
+{
+ char *varname;
+ char *value;
+
+ varname = psqlscan_extract_substring(state, txt + 3, len - 4);
+ if (state->callbacks->get_variable)
+ value = state->callbacks->get_variable(varname, PQUOTE_PLAIN,
+ state->cb_passthrough);
+ else
+ value = NULL;
+ free(varname);
+
+ if (value != NULL)
+ {
+ psqlscan_emit(state, "TRUE", 4);
+ free(value);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ psqlscan_emit(state, "FALSE", 5);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/query_utils.c b/src/fe_utils/query_utils.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fc6e24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/query_utils.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Facilities for frontend code to query a databases.
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * src/fe_utils/query_utils.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include "common/logging.h"
+#include "fe_utils/cancel.h"
+#include "fe_utils/query_utils.h"
+
+/*
+ * Run a query, return the results, exit program on failure.
+ */
+PGresult *
+executeQuery(PGconn *conn, const char *query, bool echo)
+{
+ PGresult *res;
+
+ if (echo)
+ printf("%s\n", query);
+
+ res = PQexec(conn, query);
+ if (!res ||
+ PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
+ {
+ pg_log_error("query failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
+ pg_log_error_detail("Query was: %s", query);
+ PQfinish(conn);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * As above for a SQL command (which returns nothing).
+ */
+void
+executeCommand(PGconn *conn, const char *query, bool echo)
+{
+ PGresult *res;
+
+ if (echo)
+ printf("%s\n", query);
+
+ res = PQexec(conn, query);
+ if (!res ||
+ PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
+ {
+ pg_log_error("query failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
+ pg_log_error_detail("Query was: %s", query);
+ PQfinish(conn);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ PQclear(res);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * As above for a SQL maintenance command (returns command success).
+ * Command is executed with a cancel handler set, so Ctrl-C can
+ * interrupt it.
+ */
+bool
+executeMaintenanceCommand(PGconn *conn, const char *query, bool echo)
+{
+ PGresult *res;
+ bool r;
+
+ if (echo)
+ printf("%s\n", query);
+
+ SetCancelConn(conn);
+ res = PQexec(conn, query);
+ ResetCancelConn();
+
+ r = (res && PQresultStatus(res) == PGRES_COMMAND_OK);
+
+ if (res)
+ PQclear(res);
+
+ return r;
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/recovery_gen.c b/src/fe_utils/recovery_gen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9a4230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/recovery_gen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * recovery_gen.c
+ * Generator for recovery configuration
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 2011-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include "common/logging.h"
+#include "fe_utils/recovery_gen.h"
+#include "fe_utils/string_utils.h"
+
+static char *escape_quotes(const char *src);
+
+/*
+ * Write recovery configuration contents into a fresh PQExpBuffer, and
+ * return it.
+ */
+PQExpBuffer
+GenerateRecoveryConfig(PGconn *pgconn, char *replication_slot)
+{
+ PQconninfoOption *connOptions;
+ PQExpBufferData conninfo_buf;
+ char *escaped;
+ PQExpBuffer contents;
+
+ Assert(pgconn != NULL);
+
+ contents = createPQExpBuffer();
+ if (!contents)
+ pg_fatal("out of memory");
+
+ /*
+ * In PostgreSQL 12 and newer versions, standby_mode is gone, replaced by
+ * standby.signal to trigger a standby state at recovery.
+ */
+ if (PQserverVersion(pgconn) < MINIMUM_VERSION_FOR_RECOVERY_GUC)
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(contents, "standby_mode = 'on'\n");
+
+ connOptions = PQconninfo(pgconn);
+ if (connOptions == NULL)
+ pg_fatal("out of memory");
+
+ initPQExpBuffer(&conninfo_buf);
+ for (PQconninfoOption *opt = connOptions; opt && opt->keyword; opt++)
+ {
+ /* Omit empty settings and those libpqwalreceiver overrides. */
+ if (strcmp(opt->keyword, "replication") == 0 ||
+ strcmp(opt->keyword, "dbname") == 0 ||
+ strcmp(opt->keyword, "fallback_application_name") == 0 ||
+ (opt->val == NULL) ||
+ (opt->val != NULL && opt->val[0] == '\0'))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Separate key-value pairs with spaces */
+ if (conninfo_buf.len != 0)
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(&conninfo_buf, ' ');
+
+ /*
+ * Write "keyword=value" pieces, the value string is escaped and/or
+ * quoted if necessary.
+ */
+ appendPQExpBuffer(&conninfo_buf, "%s=", opt->keyword);
+ appendConnStrVal(&conninfo_buf, opt->val);
+ }
+ if (PQExpBufferDataBroken(conninfo_buf))
+ pg_fatal("out of memory");
+
+ /*
+ * Escape the connection string, so that it can be put in the config file.
+ * Note that this is different from the escaping of individual connection
+ * options above!
+ */
+ escaped = escape_quotes(conninfo_buf.data);
+ termPQExpBuffer(&conninfo_buf);
+ appendPQExpBuffer(contents, "primary_conninfo = '%s'\n", escaped);
+ free(escaped);
+
+ if (replication_slot)
+ {
+ /* unescaped: ReplicationSlotValidateName allows [a-z0-9_] only */
+ appendPQExpBuffer(contents, "primary_slot_name = '%s'\n",
+ replication_slot);
+ }
+
+ if (PQExpBufferBroken(contents))
+ pg_fatal("out of memory");
+
+ PQconninfoFree(connOptions);
+
+ return contents;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write the configuration file in the directory specified in target_dir,
+ * with the contents already collected in memory appended. Then write
+ * the signal file into the target_dir. If the server does not support
+ * recovery parameters as GUCs, the signal file is not necessary, and
+ * configuration is written to recovery.conf.
+ */
+void
+WriteRecoveryConfig(PGconn *pgconn, char *target_dir, PQExpBuffer contents)
+{
+ char filename[MAXPGPATH];
+ FILE *cf;
+ bool use_recovery_conf;
+
+ Assert(pgconn != NULL);
+
+ use_recovery_conf =
+ PQserverVersion(pgconn) < MINIMUM_VERSION_FOR_RECOVERY_GUC;
+
+ snprintf(filename, MAXPGPATH, "%s/%s", target_dir,
+ use_recovery_conf ? "recovery.conf" : "postgresql.auto.conf");
+
+ cf = fopen(filename, use_recovery_conf ? "w" : "a");
+ if (cf == NULL)
+ pg_fatal("could not open file \"%s\": %m", filename);
+
+ if (fwrite(contents->data, contents->len, 1, cf) != 1)
+ pg_fatal("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename);
+
+ fclose(cf);
+
+ if (!use_recovery_conf)
+ {
+ snprintf(filename, MAXPGPATH, "%s/%s", target_dir, "standby.signal");
+ cf = fopen(filename, "w");
+ if (cf == NULL)
+ pg_fatal("could not create file \"%s\": %m", filename);
+
+ fclose(cf);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Escape a string so that it can be used as a value in a key-value pair
+ * a configuration file.
+ */
+static char *
+escape_quotes(const char *src)
+{
+ char *result = escape_single_quotes_ascii(src);
+
+ if (!result)
+ pg_fatal("out of memory");
+ return result;
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/simple_list.c b/src/fe_utils/simple_list.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae6c694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/simple_list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Simple list facilities for frontend code
+ *
+ * Data structures for simple lists of OIDs and strings. The support for
+ * these is very primitive compared to the backend's List facilities, but
+ * it's all we need in, eg, pg_dump.
+ *
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * src/fe_utils/simple_list.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include "fe_utils/simple_list.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Append an OID to the list.
+ */
+void
+simple_oid_list_append(SimpleOidList *list, Oid val)
+{
+ SimpleOidListCell *cell;
+
+ cell = (SimpleOidListCell *) pg_malloc(sizeof(SimpleOidListCell));
+ cell->next = NULL;
+ cell->val = val;
+
+ if (list->tail)
+ list->tail->next = cell;
+ else
+ list->head = cell;
+ list->tail = cell;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Is OID present in the list?
+ */
+bool
+simple_oid_list_member(SimpleOidList *list, Oid val)
+{
+ SimpleOidListCell *cell;
+
+ for (cell = list->head; cell; cell = cell->next)
+ {
+ if (cell->val == val)
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Append a string to the list.
+ *
+ * The given string is copied, so it need not survive past the call.
+ */
+void
+simple_string_list_append(SimpleStringList *list, const char *val)
+{
+ SimpleStringListCell *cell;
+
+ cell = (SimpleStringListCell *)
+ pg_malloc(offsetof(SimpleStringListCell, val) + strlen(val) + 1);
+
+ cell->next = NULL;
+ cell->touched = false;
+ strcpy(cell->val, val);
+
+ if (list->tail)
+ list->tail->next = cell;
+ else
+ list->head = cell;
+ list->tail = cell;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Is string present in the list?
+ *
+ * If found, the "touched" field of the first match is set true.
+ */
+bool
+simple_string_list_member(SimpleStringList *list, const char *val)
+{
+ SimpleStringListCell *cell;
+
+ for (cell = list->head; cell; cell = cell->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp(cell->val, val) == 0)
+ {
+ cell->touched = true;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroy an OID list
+ */
+void
+simple_oid_list_destroy(SimpleOidList *list)
+{
+ SimpleOidListCell *cell;
+
+ cell = list->head;
+ while (cell != NULL)
+ {
+ SimpleOidListCell *next;
+
+ next = cell->next;
+ pg_free(cell);
+ cell = next;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Destroy a string list
+ */
+void
+simple_string_list_destroy(SimpleStringList *list)
+{
+ SimpleStringListCell *cell;
+
+ cell = list->head;
+ while (cell != NULL)
+ {
+ SimpleStringListCell *next;
+
+ next = cell->next;
+ pg_free(cell);
+ cell = next;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find first not-touched list entry, if there is one.
+ */
+const char *
+simple_string_list_not_touched(SimpleStringList *list)
+{
+ SimpleStringListCell *cell;
+
+ for (cell = list->head; cell; cell = cell->next)
+ {
+ if (!cell->touched)
+ return cell->val;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Append a pointer to the list.
+ *
+ * Caller must ensure that the pointer remains valid.
+ */
+void
+simple_ptr_list_append(SimplePtrList *list, void *ptr)
+{
+ SimplePtrListCell *cell;
+
+ cell = (SimplePtrListCell *) pg_malloc(sizeof(SimplePtrListCell));
+ cell->next = NULL;
+ cell->ptr = ptr;
+
+ if (list->tail)
+ list->tail->next = cell;
+ else
+ list->head = cell;
+ list->tail = cell;
+}
diff --git a/src/fe_utils/string_utils.c b/src/fe_utils/string_utils.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f311bdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/fe_utils/string_utils.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1233 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * String-processing utility routines for frontend code
+ *
+ * Assorted utility functions that are useful in constructing SQL queries
+ * and interpreting backend output.
+ *
+ *
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2022, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * src/fe_utils/string_utils.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres_fe.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "common/keywords.h"
+#include "fe_utils/string_utils.h"
+
+static PQExpBuffer defaultGetLocalPQExpBuffer(void);
+
+/* Globals exported by this file */
+int quote_all_identifiers = 0;
+PQExpBuffer (*getLocalPQExpBuffer) (void) = defaultGetLocalPQExpBuffer;
+
+
+/*
+ * Returns a temporary PQExpBuffer, valid until the next call to the function.
+ * This is used by fmtId and fmtQualifiedId.
+ *
+ * Non-reentrant and non-thread-safe but reduces memory leakage. You can
+ * replace this with a custom version by setting the getLocalPQExpBuffer
+ * function pointer.
+ */
+static PQExpBuffer
+defaultGetLocalPQExpBuffer(void)
+{
+ static PQExpBuffer id_return = NULL;
+
+ if (id_return) /* first time through? */
+ {
+ /* same buffer, just wipe contents */
+ resetPQExpBuffer(id_return);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* new buffer */
+ id_return = createPQExpBuffer();
+ }
+
+ return id_return;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Quotes input string if it's not a legitimate SQL identifier as-is.
+ *
+ * Note that the returned string must be used before calling fmtId again,
+ * since we re-use the same return buffer each time.
+ */
+const char *
+fmtId(const char *rawid)
+{
+ PQExpBuffer id_return = getLocalPQExpBuffer();
+
+ const char *cp;
+ bool need_quotes = false;
+
+ /*
+ * These checks need to match the identifier production in scan.l. Don't
+ * use islower() etc.
+ */
+ if (quote_all_identifiers)
+ need_quotes = true;
+ /* slightly different rules for first character */
+ else if (!((rawid[0] >= 'a' && rawid[0] <= 'z') || rawid[0] == '_'))
+ need_quotes = true;
+ else
+ {
+ /* otherwise check the entire string */
+ for (cp = rawid; *cp; cp++)
+ {
+ if (!((*cp >= 'a' && *cp <= 'z')
+ || (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+ || (*cp == '_')))
+ {
+ need_quotes = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!need_quotes)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Check for keyword. We quote keywords except for unreserved ones.
+ * (In some cases we could avoid quoting a col_name or type_func_name
+ * keyword, but it seems much harder than it's worth to tell that.)
+ *
+ * Note: ScanKeywordLookup() does case-insensitive comparison, but
+ * that's fine, since we already know we have all-lower-case.
+ */
+ int kwnum = ScanKeywordLookup(rawid, &ScanKeywords);
+
+ if (kwnum >= 0 && ScanKeywordCategories[kwnum] != UNRESERVED_KEYWORD)
+ need_quotes = true;
+ }
+
+ if (!need_quotes)
+ {
+ /* no quoting needed */
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(id_return, rawid);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(id_return, '"');
+ for (cp = rawid; *cp; cp++)
+ {
+ /*
+ * Did we find a double-quote in the string? Then make this a
+ * double double-quote per SQL99. Before, we put in a
+ * backslash/double-quote pair. - thomas 2000-08-05
+ */
+ if (*cp == '"')
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(id_return, '"');
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(id_return, *cp);
+ }
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(id_return, '"');
+ }
+
+ return id_return->data;
+}
+
+/*
+ * fmtQualifiedId - construct a schema-qualified name, with quoting as needed.
+ *
+ * Like fmtId, use the result before calling again.
+ *
+ * Since we call fmtId and it also uses getLocalPQExpBuffer() we cannot
+ * use that buffer until we're finished with calling fmtId().
+ */
+const char *
+fmtQualifiedId(const char *schema, const char *id)
+{
+ PQExpBuffer id_return;
+ PQExpBuffer lcl_pqexp = createPQExpBuffer();
+
+ /* Some callers might fail to provide a schema name */
+ if (schema && *schema)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBuffer(lcl_pqexp, "%s.", fmtId(schema));
+ }
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(lcl_pqexp, fmtId(id));
+
+ id_return = getLocalPQExpBuffer();
+
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(id_return, lcl_pqexp->data);
+ destroyPQExpBuffer(lcl_pqexp);
+
+ return id_return->data;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Format a Postgres version number (in the PG_VERSION_NUM integer format
+ * returned by PQserverVersion()) as a string. This exists mainly to
+ * encapsulate knowledge about two-part vs. three-part version numbers.
+ *
+ * For reentrancy, caller must supply the buffer the string is put in.
+ * Recommended size of the buffer is 32 bytes.
+ *
+ * Returns address of 'buf', as a notational convenience.
+ */
+char *
+formatPGVersionNumber(int version_number, bool include_minor,
+ char *buf, size_t buflen)
+{
+ if (version_number >= 100000)
+ {
+ /* New two-part style */
+ if (include_minor)
+ snprintf(buf, buflen, "%d.%d", version_number / 10000,
+ version_number % 10000);
+ else
+ snprintf(buf, buflen, "%d", version_number / 10000);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Old three-part style */
+ if (include_minor)
+ snprintf(buf, buflen, "%d.%d.%d", version_number / 10000,
+ (version_number / 100) % 100,
+ version_number % 100);
+ else
+ snprintf(buf, buflen, "%d.%d", version_number / 10000,
+ (version_number / 100) % 100);
+ }
+ return buf;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string value to an SQL string literal and append it to
+ * the given buffer. We assume the specified client_encoding and
+ * standard_conforming_strings settings.
+ *
+ * This is essentially equivalent to libpq's PQescapeStringInternal,
+ * except for the output buffer structure. We need it in situations
+ * where we do not have a PGconn available. Where we do,
+ * appendStringLiteralConn is a better choice.
+ */
+void
+appendStringLiteral(PQExpBuffer buf, const char *str,
+ int encoding, bool std_strings)
+{
+ size_t length = strlen(str);
+ const char *source = str;
+ char *target;
+
+ if (!enlargePQExpBuffer(buf, 2 * length + 2))
+ return;
+
+ target = buf->data + buf->len;
+ *target++ = '\'';
+
+ while (*source != '\0')
+ {
+ char c = *source;
+ int len;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Fast path for plain ASCII */
+ if (!IS_HIGHBIT_SET(c))
+ {
+ /* Apply quoting if needed */
+ if (SQL_STR_DOUBLE(c, !std_strings))
+ *target++ = c;
+ /* Copy the character */
+ *target++ = c;
+ source++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Slow path for possible multibyte characters */
+ len = PQmblen(source, encoding);
+
+ /* Copy the character */
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ if (*source == '\0')
+ break;
+ *target++ = *source++;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we hit premature end of string (ie, incomplete multibyte
+ * character), try to pad out to the correct length with spaces. We
+ * may not be able to pad completely, but we will always be able to
+ * insert at least one pad space (since we'd not have quoted a
+ * multibyte character). This should be enough to make a string that
+ * the server will error out on.
+ */
+ if (i < len)
+ {
+ char *stop = buf->data + buf->maxlen - 2;
+
+ for (; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ if (target >= stop)
+ break;
+ *target++ = ' ';
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Write the terminating quote and NUL character. */
+ *target++ = '\'';
+ *target = '\0';
+
+ buf->len = target - buf->data;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string value to an SQL string literal and append it to
+ * the given buffer. Encoding and string syntax rules are as indicated
+ * by current settings of the PGconn.
+ */
+void
+appendStringLiteralConn(PQExpBuffer buf, const char *str, PGconn *conn)
+{
+ size_t length = strlen(str);
+
+ /*
+ * XXX This is a kluge to silence escape_string_warning in our utility
+ * programs. It should go away someday.
+ */
+ if (strchr(str, '\\') != NULL && PQserverVersion(conn) >= 80100)
+ {
+ /* ensure we are not adjacent to an identifier */
+ if (buf->len > 0 && buf->data[buf->len - 1] != ' ')
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, ' ');
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, ESCAPE_STRING_SYNTAX);
+ appendStringLiteral(buf, str, PQclientEncoding(conn), false);
+ return;
+ }
+ /* XXX end kluge */
+
+ if (!enlargePQExpBuffer(buf, 2 * length + 2))
+ return;
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\'');
+ buf->len += PQescapeStringConn(conn, buf->data + buf->len,
+ str, length, NULL);
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\'');
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string value to a dollar quoted literal and append it to
+ * the given buffer. If the dqprefix parameter is not NULL then the
+ * dollar quote delimiter will begin with that (after the opening $).
+ *
+ * No escaping is done at all on str, in compliance with the rules
+ * for parsing dollar quoted strings. Also, we need not worry about
+ * encoding issues.
+ */
+void
+appendStringLiteralDQ(PQExpBuffer buf, const char *str, const char *dqprefix)
+{
+ static const char suffixes[] = "_XXXXXXX";
+ int nextchar = 0;
+ PQExpBuffer delimBuf = createPQExpBuffer();
+
+ /* start with $ + dqprefix if not NULL */
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(delimBuf, '$');
+ if (dqprefix)
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(delimBuf, dqprefix);
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure we choose a delimiter which (without the trailing $) is not
+ * present in the string being quoted. We don't check with the trailing $
+ * because a string ending in $foo must not be quoted with $foo$.
+ */
+ while (strstr(str, delimBuf->data) != NULL)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(delimBuf, suffixes[nextchar++]);
+ nextchar %= sizeof(suffixes) - 1;
+ }
+
+ /* add trailing $ */
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(delimBuf, '$');
+
+ /* quote it and we are all done */
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, delimBuf->data);
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, str);
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, delimBuf->data);
+
+ destroyPQExpBuffer(delimBuf);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Convert a bytea value (presented as raw bytes) to an SQL string literal
+ * and append it to the given buffer. We assume the specified
+ * standard_conforming_strings setting.
+ *
+ * This is needed in situations where we do not have a PGconn available.
+ * Where we do, PQescapeByteaConn is a better choice.
+ */
+void
+appendByteaLiteral(PQExpBuffer buf, const unsigned char *str, size_t length,
+ bool std_strings)
+{
+ const unsigned char *source = str;
+ char *target;
+
+ static const char hextbl[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+
+ /*
+ * This implementation is hard-wired to produce hex-format output. We do
+ * not know the server version the output will be loaded into, so making
+ * an intelligent format choice is impossible. It might be better to
+ * always use the old escaped format.
+ */
+ if (!enlargePQExpBuffer(buf, 2 * length + 5))
+ return;
+
+ target = buf->data + buf->len;
+ *target++ = '\'';
+ if (!std_strings)
+ *target++ = '\\';
+ *target++ = '\\';
+ *target++ = 'x';
+
+ while (length-- > 0)
+ {
+ unsigned char c = *source++;
+
+ *target++ = hextbl[(c >> 4) & 0xF];
+ *target++ = hextbl[c & 0xF];
+ }
+
+ /* Write the terminating quote and NUL character. */
+ *target++ = '\'';
+ *target = '\0';
+
+ buf->len = target - buf->data;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Append the given string to the shell command being built in the buffer,
+ * with shell-style quoting as needed to create exactly one argument.
+ *
+ * Forbid LF or CR characters, which have scant practical use beyond designing
+ * security breaches. The Windows command shell is unusable as a conduit for
+ * arguments containing LF or CR characters. A future major release should
+ * reject those characters in CREATE ROLE and CREATE DATABASE, because use
+ * there eventually leads to errors here.
+ *
+ * appendShellString() simply prints an error and dies if LF or CR appears.
+ * appendShellStringNoError() omits those characters from the result, and
+ * returns false if there were any.
+ */
+void
+appendShellString(PQExpBuffer buf, const char *str)
+{
+ if (!appendShellStringNoError(buf, str))
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr,
+ _("shell command argument contains a newline or carriage return: \"%s\"\n"),
+ str);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+}
+
+bool
+appendShellStringNoError(PQExpBuffer buf, const char *str)
+{
+#ifdef WIN32
+ int backslash_run_length = 0;
+#endif
+ bool ok = true;
+ const char *p;
+
+ /*
+ * Don't bother with adding quotes if the string is nonempty and clearly
+ * contains only safe characters.
+ */
+ if (*str != '\0' &&
+ strspn(str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789-_./:") == strlen(str))
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, str);
+ return ok;
+ }
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\'');
+ for (p = str; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r')
+ {
+ ok = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (*p == '\'')
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, "'\"'\"'");
+ else
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, *p);
+ }
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\'');
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+ /*
+ * A Windows system() argument experiences two layers of interpretation.
+ * First, cmd.exe interprets the string. Its behavior is undocumented,
+ * but a caret escapes any byte except LF or CR that would otherwise have
+ * special meaning. Handling of a caret before LF or CR differs between
+ * "cmd.exe /c" and other modes, and it is unusable here.
+ *
+ * Second, the new process parses its command line to construct argv (see
+ * https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/17w5ykft.aspx). This treats
+ * backslash-double quote sequences specially.
+ */
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, "^\"");
+ for (p = str; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r')
+ {
+ ok = false;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Change N backslashes before a double quote to 2N+1 backslashes. */
+ if (*p == '"')
+ {
+ while (backslash_run_length)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, "^\\");
+ backslash_run_length--;
+ }
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, "^\\");
+ }
+ else if (*p == '\\')
+ backslash_run_length++;
+ else
+ backslash_run_length = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Decline to caret-escape the most mundane characters, to ease
+ * debugging and lest we approach the command length limit.
+ */
+ if (!((*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'z') ||
+ (*p >= 'A' && *p <= 'Z') ||
+ (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')))
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '^');
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, *p);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Change N backslashes at end of argument to 2N backslashes, because they
+ * precede the double quote that terminates the argument.
+ */
+ while (backslash_run_length)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, "^\\");
+ backslash_run_length--;
+ }
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, "^\"");
+#endif /* WIN32 */
+
+ return ok;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Append the given string to the buffer, with suitable quoting for passing
+ * the string as a value in a keyword/value pair in a libpq connection string.
+ */
+void
+appendConnStrVal(PQExpBuffer buf, const char *str)
+{
+ const char *s;
+ bool needquotes;
+
+ /*
+ * If the string is one or more plain ASCII characters, no need to quote
+ * it. This is quite conservative, but better safe than sorry.
+ */
+ needquotes = true;
+ for (s = str; *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (!((*s >= 'a' && *s <= 'z') || (*s >= 'A' && *s <= 'Z') ||
+ (*s >= '0' && *s <= '9') || *s == '_' || *s == '.'))
+ {
+ needquotes = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ needquotes = false;
+ }
+
+ if (needquotes)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\'');
+ while (*str)
+ {
+ /* ' and \ must be escaped by to \' and \\ */
+ if (*str == '\'' || *str == '\\')
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\\');
+
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, *str);
+ str++;
+ }
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\'');
+ }
+ else
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, str);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Append a psql meta-command that connects to the given database with the
+ * then-current connection's user, host and port.
+ */
+void
+appendPsqlMetaConnect(PQExpBuffer buf, const char *dbname)
+{
+ const char *s;
+ bool complex;
+
+ /*
+ * If the name is plain ASCII characters, emit a trivial "\connect "foo"".
+ * For other names, even many not technically requiring it, skip to the
+ * general case. No database has a zero-length name.
+ */
+ complex = false;
+
+ for (s = dbname; *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == '\n' || *s == '\r')
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr,
+ _("database name contains a newline or carriage return: \"%s\"\n"),
+ dbname);
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (!((*s >= 'a' && *s <= 'z') || (*s >= 'A' && *s <= 'Z') ||
+ (*s >= '0' && *s <= '9') || *s == '_' || *s == '.'))
+ {
+ complex = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, "\\connect ");
+ if (complex)
+ {
+ PQExpBufferData connstr;
+
+ initPQExpBuffer(&connstr);
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(&connstr, "dbname=");
+ appendConnStrVal(&connstr, dbname);
+
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, "-reuse-previous=on ");
+
+ /*
+ * As long as the name does not contain a newline, SQL identifier
+ * quoting satisfies the psql meta-command parser. Prefer not to
+ * involve psql-interpreted single quotes, which behaved differently
+ * before PostgreSQL 9.2.
+ */
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, fmtId(connstr.data));
+
+ termPQExpBuffer(&connstr);
+ }
+ else
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, fmtId(dbname));
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\n');
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Deconstruct the text representation of a 1-dimensional Postgres array
+ * into individual items.
+ *
+ * On success, returns true and sets *itemarray and *nitems to describe
+ * an array of individual strings. On parse failure, returns false;
+ * *itemarray may exist or be NULL.
+ *
+ * NOTE: free'ing itemarray is sufficient to deallocate the working storage.
+ */
+bool
+parsePGArray(const char *atext, char ***itemarray, int *nitems)
+{
+ int inputlen;
+ char **items;
+ char *strings;
+ int curitem;
+
+ /*
+ * We expect input in the form of "{item,item,item}" where any item is
+ * either raw data, or surrounded by double quotes (in which case embedded
+ * characters including backslashes and quotes are backslashed).
+ *
+ * We build the result as an array of pointers followed by the actual
+ * string data, all in one malloc block for convenience of deallocation.
+ * The worst-case storage need is not more than one pointer and one
+ * character for each input character (consider "{,,,,,,,,,,}").
+ */
+ *itemarray = NULL;
+ *nitems = 0;
+ inputlen = strlen(atext);
+ if (inputlen < 2 || atext[0] != '{' || atext[inputlen - 1] != '}')
+ return false; /* bad input */
+ items = (char **) malloc(inputlen * (sizeof(char *) + sizeof(char)));
+ if (items == NULL)
+ return false; /* out of memory */
+ *itemarray = items;
+ strings = (char *) (items + inputlen);
+
+ atext++; /* advance over initial '{' */
+ curitem = 0;
+ while (*atext != '}')
+ {
+ if (*atext == '\0')
+ return false; /* premature end of string */
+ items[curitem] = strings;
+ while (*atext != '}' && *atext != ',')
+ {
+ if (*atext == '\0')
+ return false; /* premature end of string */
+ if (*atext != '"')
+ *strings++ = *atext++; /* copy unquoted data */
+ else
+ {
+ /* process quoted substring */
+ atext++;
+ while (*atext != '"')
+ {
+ if (*atext == '\0')
+ return false; /* premature end of string */
+ if (*atext == '\\')
+ {
+ atext++;
+ if (*atext == '\0')
+ return false; /* premature end of string */
+ }
+ *strings++ = *atext++; /* copy quoted data */
+ }
+ atext++;
+ }
+ }
+ *strings++ = '\0';
+ if (*atext == ',')
+ atext++;
+ curitem++;
+ }
+ if (atext[1] != '\0')
+ return false; /* bogus syntax (embedded '}') */
+ *nitems = curitem;
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Append one element to the text representation of a 1-dimensional Postgres
+ * array.
+ *
+ * The caller must provide the initial '{' and closing '}' of the array.
+ * This function handles all else, including insertion of commas and
+ * quoting of values.
+ *
+ * We assume that typdelim is ','.
+ */
+void
+appendPGArray(PQExpBuffer buffer, const char *value)
+{
+ bool needquote;
+ const char *tmp;
+
+ if (buffer->data[buffer->len - 1] != '{')
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buffer, ',');
+
+ /* Decide if we need quotes; this should match array_out()'s choices. */
+ if (value[0] == '\0')
+ needquote = true; /* force quotes for empty string */
+ else if (pg_strcasecmp(value, "NULL") == 0)
+ needquote = true; /* force quotes for literal NULL */
+ else
+ needquote = false;
+
+ if (!needquote)
+ {
+ for (tmp = value; *tmp; tmp++)
+ {
+ char ch = *tmp;
+
+ if (ch == '"' || ch == '\\' ||
+ ch == '{' || ch == '}' || ch == ',' ||
+ /* these match array_isspace(): */
+ ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\n' ||
+ ch == '\r' || ch == '\v' || ch == '\f')
+ {
+ needquote = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (needquote)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buffer, '"');
+ for (tmp = value; *tmp; tmp++)
+ {
+ char ch = *tmp;
+
+ if (ch == '"' || ch == '\\')
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buffer, '\\');
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buffer, ch);
+ }
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buffer, '"');
+ }
+ else
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buffer, value);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Format a reloptions array and append it to the given buffer.
+ *
+ * "prefix" is prepended to the option names; typically it's "" or "toast.".
+ *
+ * Returns false if the reloptions array could not be parsed (in which case
+ * nothing will have been appended to the buffer), or true on success.
+ *
+ * Note: this logic should generally match the backend's flatten_reloptions()
+ * (in adt/ruleutils.c).
+ */
+bool
+appendReloptionsArray(PQExpBuffer buffer, const char *reloptions,
+ const char *prefix, int encoding, bool std_strings)
+{
+ char **options;
+ int noptions;
+ int i;
+
+ if (!parsePGArray(reloptions, &options, &noptions))
+ {
+ if (options)
+ free(options);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < noptions; i++)
+ {
+ char *option = options[i];
+ char *name;
+ char *separator;
+ char *value;
+
+ /*
+ * Each array element should have the form name=value. If the "=" is
+ * missing for some reason, treat it like an empty value.
+ */
+ name = option;
+ separator = strchr(option, '=');
+ if (separator)
+ {
+ *separator = '\0';
+ value = separator + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ value = "";
+
+ if (i > 0)
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buffer, ", ");
+ appendPQExpBuffer(buffer, "%s%s=", prefix, fmtId(name));
+
+ /*
+ * In general we need to quote the value; but to avoid unnecessary
+ * clutter, do not quote if it is an identifier that would not need
+ * quoting. (We could also allow numbers, but that is a bit trickier
+ * than it looks --- for example, are leading zeroes significant? We
+ * don't want to assume very much here about what custom reloptions
+ * might mean.)
+ */
+ if (strcmp(fmtId(value), value) == 0)
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buffer, value);
+ else
+ appendStringLiteral(buffer, value, encoding, std_strings);
+ }
+
+ if (options)
+ free(options);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * processSQLNamePattern
+ *
+ * Scan a wildcard-pattern string and generate appropriate WHERE clauses
+ * to limit the set of objects returned. The WHERE clauses are appended
+ * to the already-partially-constructed query in buf. Returns whether
+ * any clause was added.
+ *
+ * conn: connection query will be sent to (consulted for escaping rules).
+ * buf: output parameter.
+ * pattern: user-specified pattern option, or NULL if none ("*" is implied).
+ * have_where: true if caller already emitted "WHERE" (clauses will be ANDed
+ * onto the existing WHERE clause).
+ * force_escape: always quote regexp special characters, even outside
+ * double quotes (else they are quoted only between double quotes).
+ * schemavar: name of query variable to match against a schema-name pattern.
+ * Can be NULL if no schema.
+ * namevar: name of query variable to match against an object-name pattern.
+ * altnamevar: NULL, or name of an alternative variable to match against name.
+ * visibilityrule: clause to use if we want to restrict to visible objects
+ * (for example, "pg_catalog.pg_table_is_visible(p.oid)"). Can be NULL.
+ * dbnamebuf: output parameter receiving the database name portion of the
+ * pattern, if any. Can be NULL.
+ * dotcnt: how many separators were parsed from the pattern, by reference.
+ *
+ * Formatting note: the text already present in buf should end with a newline.
+ * The appended text, if any, will end with one too.
+ */
+bool
+processSQLNamePattern(PGconn *conn, PQExpBuffer buf, const char *pattern,
+ bool have_where, bool force_escape,
+ const char *schemavar, const char *namevar,
+ const char *altnamevar, const char *visibilityrule,
+ PQExpBuffer dbnamebuf, int *dotcnt)
+{
+ PQExpBufferData schemabuf;
+ PQExpBufferData namebuf;
+ bool added_clause = false;
+ int dcnt;
+
+#define WHEREAND() \
+ (appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, have_where ? " AND " : "WHERE "), \
+ have_where = true, added_clause = true)
+
+ if (dotcnt == NULL)
+ dotcnt = &dcnt;
+ *dotcnt = 0;
+ if (pattern == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Default: select all visible objects */
+ if (visibilityrule)
+ {
+ WHEREAND();
+ appendPQExpBuffer(buf, "%s\n", visibilityrule);
+ }
+ return added_clause;
+ }
+
+ initPQExpBuffer(&schemabuf);
+ initPQExpBuffer(&namebuf);
+
+ /*
+ * Convert shell-style 'pattern' into the regular expression(s) we want to
+ * execute. Quoting/escaping into SQL literal format will be done below
+ * using appendStringLiteralConn().
+ *
+ * If the caller provided a schemavar, we want to split the pattern on
+ * ".", otherwise not.
+ */
+ patternToSQLRegex(PQclientEncoding(conn),
+ (schemavar ? dbnamebuf : NULL),
+ (schemavar ? &schemabuf : NULL),
+ &namebuf,
+ pattern, force_escape, true, dotcnt);
+
+ /*
+ * Now decide what we need to emit. We may run under a hostile
+ * search_path, so qualify EVERY name. Note there will be a leading "^("
+ * in the patterns in any case.
+ *
+ * We want the regex matches to use the database's default collation where
+ * collation-sensitive behavior is required (for example, which characters
+ * match '\w'). That happened by default before PG v12, but if the server
+ * is >= v12 then we need to force it through explicit COLLATE clauses,
+ * otherwise the "C" collation attached to "name" catalog columns wins.
+ */
+ if (namevar && namebuf.len > 2)
+ {
+ /* We have a name pattern, so constrain the namevar(s) */
+
+ /* Optimize away a "*" pattern */
+ if (strcmp(namebuf.data, "^(.*)$") != 0)
+ {
+ WHEREAND();
+ if (altnamevar)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBuffer(buf,
+ "(%s OPERATOR(pg_catalog.~) ", namevar);
+ appendStringLiteralConn(buf, namebuf.data, conn);
+ if (PQserverVersion(conn) >= 120000)
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, " COLLATE pg_catalog.default");
+ appendPQExpBuffer(buf,
+ "\n OR %s OPERATOR(pg_catalog.~) ",
+ altnamevar);
+ appendStringLiteralConn(buf, namebuf.data, conn);
+ if (PQserverVersion(conn) >= 120000)
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, " COLLATE pg_catalog.default");
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, ")\n");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ appendPQExpBuffer(buf, "%s OPERATOR(pg_catalog.~) ", namevar);
+ appendStringLiteralConn(buf, namebuf.data, conn);
+ if (PQserverVersion(conn) >= 120000)
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, " COLLATE pg_catalog.default");
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\n');
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (schemavar && schemabuf.len > 2)
+ {
+ /* We have a schema pattern, so constrain the schemavar */
+
+ /* Optimize away a "*" pattern */
+ if (strcmp(schemabuf.data, "^(.*)$") != 0 && schemavar)
+ {
+ WHEREAND();
+ appendPQExpBuffer(buf, "%s OPERATOR(pg_catalog.~) ", schemavar);
+ appendStringLiteralConn(buf, schemabuf.data, conn);
+ if (PQserverVersion(conn) >= 120000)
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(buf, " COLLATE pg_catalog.default");
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(buf, '\n');
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No schema pattern given, so select only visible objects */
+ if (visibilityrule)
+ {
+ WHEREAND();
+ appendPQExpBuffer(buf, "%s\n", visibilityrule);
+ }
+ }
+
+ termPQExpBuffer(&schemabuf);
+ termPQExpBuffer(&namebuf);
+
+ return added_clause;
+#undef WHEREAND
+}
+
+/*
+ * Transform a possibly qualified shell-style object name pattern into up to
+ * three SQL-style regular expressions, converting quotes, lower-casing
+ * unquoted letters, and adjusting shell-style wildcard characters into regexp
+ * notation.
+ *
+ * If the dbnamebuf and schemabuf arguments are non-NULL, and the pattern
+ * contains two or more dbname/schema/name separators, we parse the portions of
+ * the pattern prior to the first and second separators into dbnamebuf and
+ * schemabuf, and the rest into namebuf.
+ *
+ * If dbnamebuf is NULL and schemabuf is non-NULL, and the pattern contains at
+ * least one separator, we parse the first portion into schemabuf and the rest
+ * into namebuf.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, we parse all the pattern into namebuf.
+ *
+ * If the pattern contains more dotted parts than buffers to parse into, the
+ * extra dots will be treated as literal characters and written into the
+ * namebuf, though they will be counted. Callers should always check the value
+ * returned by reference in dotcnt and handle this error case appropriately.
+ *
+ * We surround the regexps with "^(...)$" to force them to match whole strings,
+ * as per SQL practice. We have to have parens in case strings contain "|",
+ * else the "^" and "$" will be bound into the first and last alternatives
+ * which is not what we want. Whether this is done for dbnamebuf is controlled
+ * by the want_literal_dbname parameter.
+ *
+ * The regexps we parse into the buffers are appended to the data (if any)
+ * already present. If we parse fewer fields than the number of buffers we
+ * were given, the extra buffers are unaltered.
+ *
+ * encoding: the character encoding for the given pattern
+ * dbnamebuf: output parameter receiving the database name portion of the
+ * pattern, if any. Can be NULL.
+ * schemabuf: output parameter receiving the schema name portion of the
+ * pattern, if any. Can be NULL.
+ * namebuf: output parameter receiving the database name portion of the
+ * pattern, if any. Can be NULL.
+ * pattern: user-specified pattern option, or NULL if none ("*" is implied).
+ * force_escape: always quote regexp special characters, even outside
+ * double quotes (else they are quoted only between double quotes).
+ * want_literal_dbname: if true, regexp special characters within the database
+ * name portion of the pattern will not be escaped, nor will the dbname be
+ * converted into a regular expression.
+ * dotcnt: output parameter receiving the number of separators parsed from the
+ * pattern.
+ */
+void
+patternToSQLRegex(int encoding, PQExpBuffer dbnamebuf, PQExpBuffer schemabuf,
+ PQExpBuffer namebuf, const char *pattern, bool force_escape,
+ bool want_literal_dbname, int *dotcnt)
+{
+ PQExpBufferData buf[3];
+ PQExpBufferData left_literal;
+ PQExpBuffer curbuf;
+ PQExpBuffer maxbuf;
+ int i;
+ bool inquotes;
+ bool left;
+ const char *cp;
+
+ Assert(pattern != NULL);
+ Assert(namebuf != NULL);
+
+ /* callers should never expect "dbname.relname" format */
+ Assert(dbnamebuf == NULL || schemabuf != NULL);
+ Assert(dotcnt != NULL);
+
+ *dotcnt = 0;
+ inquotes = false;
+ cp = pattern;
+
+ if (dbnamebuf != NULL)
+ maxbuf = &buf[2];
+ else if (schemabuf != NULL)
+ maxbuf = &buf[1];
+ else
+ maxbuf = &buf[0];
+
+ curbuf = &buf[0];
+ if (want_literal_dbname)
+ {
+ left = true;
+ initPQExpBuffer(&left_literal);
+ }
+ else
+ left = false;
+ initPQExpBuffer(curbuf);
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(curbuf, "^(");
+ while (*cp)
+ {
+ char ch = *cp;
+
+ if (ch == '"')
+ {
+ if (inquotes && cp[1] == '"')
+ {
+ /* emit one quote, stay in inquotes mode */
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(curbuf, '"');
+ if (left)
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(&left_literal, '"');
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else
+ inquotes = !inquotes;
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (!inquotes && isupper((unsigned char) ch))
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(curbuf,
+ pg_tolower((unsigned char) ch));
+ if (left)
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(&left_literal,
+ pg_tolower((unsigned char) ch));
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (!inquotes && ch == '*')
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(curbuf, ".*");
+ if (left)
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(&left_literal, '*');
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (!inquotes && ch == '?')
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(curbuf, '.');
+ if (left)
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(&left_literal, '?');
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (!inquotes && ch == '.')
+ {
+ left = false;
+ if (dotcnt)
+ (*dotcnt)++;
+ if (curbuf < maxbuf)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(curbuf, ")$");
+ curbuf++;
+ initPQExpBuffer(curbuf);
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(curbuf, "^(");
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(curbuf, *cp++);
+ }
+ else if (ch == '$')
+ {
+ /*
+ * Dollar is always quoted, whether inside quotes or not. The
+ * reason is that it's allowed in SQL identifiers, so there's a
+ * significant use-case for treating it literally, while because
+ * we anchor the pattern automatically there is no use-case for
+ * having it possess its regexp meaning.
+ */
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(curbuf, "\\$");
+ if (left)
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(&left_literal, '$');
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /*
+ * Ordinary data character, transfer to pattern
+ *
+ * Inside double quotes, or at all times if force_escape is true,
+ * quote regexp special characters with a backslash to avoid
+ * regexp errors. Outside quotes, however, let them pass through
+ * as-is; this lets knowledgeable users build regexp expressions
+ * that are more powerful than shell-style patterns.
+ *
+ * As an exception to that, though, always quote "[]", as that's
+ * much more likely to be an attempt to write an array type name
+ * than it is to be the start of a regexp bracket expression.
+ */
+ if ((inquotes || force_escape) &&
+ strchr("|*+?()[]{}.^$\\", ch))
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(curbuf, '\\');
+ else if (ch == '[' && cp[1] == ']')
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(curbuf, '\\');
+ i = PQmblenBounded(cp, encoding);
+ while (i--)
+ {
+ if (left)
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(&left_literal, *cp);
+ appendPQExpBufferChar(curbuf, *cp++);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(curbuf, ")$");
+
+ if (namebuf)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(namebuf, curbuf->data);
+ termPQExpBuffer(curbuf);
+ curbuf--;
+ }
+
+ if (schemabuf && curbuf >= buf)
+ {
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(schemabuf, curbuf->data);
+ termPQExpBuffer(curbuf);
+ curbuf--;
+ }
+
+ if (dbnamebuf && curbuf >= buf)
+ {
+ if (want_literal_dbname)
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(dbnamebuf, left_literal.data);
+ else
+ appendPQExpBufferStr(dbnamebuf, curbuf->data);
+ termPQExpBuffer(curbuf);
+ }
+
+ if (want_literal_dbname)
+ termPQExpBuffer(&left_literal);
+}